UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM _______ TO ___________

 

COMMISSION FILE NO. 000-52103

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(E xact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter )

 

Delaware   20-4062622

(State or other jurisdiction of

 incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

     

Building A1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu,

Longgang, Shenzhen, Guangdong

People’s Republic of China

  518111
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code : (86) 755-89686292

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

 

Title of   Name of each exchange
Each Class   on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value   Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
    (Nasdaq Global Market)

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

 

None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ¨  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x No  ¨

 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
     
Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes  ¨  No x

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant's issued and outstanding shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016 (based on $1.92 per share, the price at which the registrant’s common stock was last sold on June 30, 2016) was approximately $17.2 million.

 

There were 15,137,480 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of March 28, 2017. The registrant’s common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the stock symbol “HPJ”.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

PART I     1
       
ITEM 1. BUSINESS   1
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS   6
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS   23
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES   23
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   24
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES   24
       
PART II     25
       
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES   25
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA   26
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION and results of operations   26
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK   33
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   33
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE   33
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES   33
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION   34
       
PART III     38
       
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE   38
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   41
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   43
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE   44
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES   47
       
PART IV     47
       
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES   47
SIGNATURES     48
       
EXHIBIT INDEX   49
       
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1

 

i  

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The information contained in this Form 10-K, includes some statements that are not purely historical and that are “forward-looking statements.” Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our company’s and our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plans,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions, or the negatives of such terms, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and the potential effects on our company. There can be no assurance that future developments actually affecting us will be those anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including the following:

 

· A global economic downturn adversely affecting demand for our products;

 

  · Our reliance on our major customers for a large portion of our net sales;

 

  · Our reliance on our major suppliers for our principal raw material;

 

  · Our ability to develop and market new products;

 

  · Our ability to establish and maintain a strong brand;

 

  · Protection of our intellectual property rights;

 

  · The implementation of new projects;

 

  · Our ability to successfully manufacture and deliver our products in the time frame and amounts expected;

 

  · Exposure to product liability, safety, and defect claims;

 

  · Exposure to currency exchange risks during our product export;

 

  · Rising labor costs, volatile metal prices, and inflation;

 

  · Changes in the laws of the PRC that affect our operations;

 

  · Our ability to obtain and maintain all necessary government certifications and/or licenses to conduct our business;

 

  · Development of an active trading market for our securities;

 

  · The cost of complying with current and future governmental regulations and the impact of any changes in the regulations on our operations; and

 

  · The other factors referenced in this Form 10-K, including, without limitation, under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.”

 

ii  

 

 

These risks and uncertainties, along with others, are also described above under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and we cannot predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

iii  

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

With respect to this discussion, the terms, “the Company” “Highpower” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Highpower International, Inc., and its 100%-owned subsidiary Hong Kong Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HKHTC”), HKHTC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (“SZ Highpower”), and Icon Energy System Company Limited (“ICON”), SZ Highpower’s wholly owned subsidiary Huizhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HZ HTC”) and its 70%-owned subsidiary Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“GZ Highpower”) and SZ Highpower’s and HKHTC’s jointly owned subsidiary, Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“SZ Springpower”). Highpower and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company”, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

Corporate Information

 

Rapid advancements in electronic technology have expanded the number of battery-powered devices in recent years. As these devices have come to feature more sophisticated functions, more compact sizes and lighter weights, the sources of power that operate these products have been required to deliver increasingly higher levels of energy. This has stimulated consumer demand for higher-energy batteries capable of delivering longer service between recharges or battery replacement. In contrast to non-rechargeable batteries, after a rechargeable battery is discharged, it can be recharged and reused. Rechargeable batteries generally can be used in many non-rechargeable battery applications, as well as high energy drain applications such as electric toys, power tools, portable computers and other electronics, medical devices, and many other consumer products. High energy density and long achievable cycle life are important characteristics of rechargeable battery technologies. Energy density refers to the total electrical energy per unit volume stored in a battery. High energy density batteries generally are longer lasting power sources providing longer operating time and necessitating fewer battery recharges. Greater energy density will permit the use of batteries of a given weight or volume for a longer time period. Long cycle life is a preferred feature of a rechargeable battery because it allows the user to charge and recharge many times before noticing a difference in performance. Long achievable cycle life, particularly in combination with high energy density, is desirable for applications requiring frequent battery recharges.

 

To adapt to this demand, SZ Highpower was founded to manufacture, market and research Ni-MH batteries. SZ Highpower’s predecessor was founded in Guangzhou in 2001, and moved to Shenzhen in 2002.

 

Highpower was incorporated in the state of Delaware on January 3, 2006 and was originally organized as a “blank check” shell company to investigate and acquire a target company or business seeking the perceived advantages of being a publicly held corporation. On November 2, 2007, we closed a share exchange transaction, pursuant to which we (i) became the 100% parent of HKHTC and its wholly-owned subsidiary, SZ Highpower, (ii) assumed the operations of HKHTC and its subsidiary and (iii) changed our name to Hong Kong Highpower Technology, Inc. We subsequently changed our name to Highpower International, Inc. in October 2010.

 

HKHTC was incorporated in Hong Kong in 2003 under the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong.

 

HKHTC formed HZ Highpower and SZ Springpower in 2008. HZ Highpower was dissolved in 2015. On October 8, 2013, SZ Springpower further increased its registered capital to $15,000,000. SZ Highpower holds 69.97% of the equity interest of SZ Springpower, and HKHTC holds the remaining 30.03%.

 

In 2011, HKHTC formed another wholly-owned subsidiary, Icon Energy System Company Limited, a company organized under the laws of the PRC.

 

In 2012, SZ Highpower formed a wholly-owned subsidiary HZ HTC. In March 2015, HZ HTC increased its paid-in capital to RMB60,000,000 ($9,496,526).

 

In 2010, SZ Highpower formed a subsidiary GZ Highpower. On May 15, 2013, GZ Highpower increased its paid-in capital from RMB15,000,000 ($2,381,293) to RMB30,000,000 ($4,807,847). On November 13, 2014, GZ Highpower increased its paid-in capital from RMB30,000,000 ($4,898,119) to RMB40,000,000 ($6,530,825) and the additional capital of RMB10,000,000 was contributed by SZ Highpower. As of December 31, 2016, SZ Highpower holds 70% of the equity interest of GZ Highpower.

 

1  

 

 

All other operating subsidiaries are incorporated in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and are listed below:

 

Subsidiary   Principal Activities
SZ Highpower   Manufacturing, marketing and research of Ni-MH batteries
     
SZ Springpower   Manufacturing, marketing and research of lithium batteries
     
GZ Highpower   Processing, marketing and research of battery materials
     
ICON   Design and production of advanced battery packs and systems
     
HZ HTC   Manufacturing, marketing and research of lithium batteries

 

2  

 

 

Below is organizational flow chart of the Company:

 

 

 

Our Strategy

 

Our goal is to become a global leader in the development and manufacture of rechargeable battery products. We believe the following strategies are the critical to achieve this goal:

 

Continue to pursue cost-effective opportunities

 

Our operating model, coupled with our modern manufacturing processes, has resulted in a low cost structure, and an ability to respond rapidly to customer demands. We intend to achieve greater cost-effectiveness by expanding production capacity, increasing productivity and efficiency and seeking to lower the unit cost of products through the use of advanced technologies.

 

Continue to invest in Research and Development (“R&D”)

 

In order to maintain our difference, we will continue to strengthen the investment in R&D. We have also established a good cooperative relationship with universities, such as Central South University and Tsinghua University.

 

Continue to focus on brand customers

 

We intend to expand our existing lines of lithium batteries for use in other applications, such as energy storage systems and electric vehicle (“EV”). We are committed to bringing quality products and services to brand customers in the world and the top of segment markets to ensure the customer brand value continuously grows.

 

Products

 

Ni-MH batteries

 

Our Ni-MH rechargeable batteries are versatile solutions for many diverse applications due to their long life, environmentally friendly materials, high power and energy, low cost and safe applications. Developed to meet the requirement for increasingly higher levels of energy demanded by today’s electronic products, our Ni-MH rechargeable batteries offer increased capacity and higher energy density to expect a longer running time between charges as well as the performance of cycle life exceeds 2000 cycles for high end products. We produce AA, AAA, 9V, C, D, SC (Normal & RTU version) sized batteries in blister packing as well as chargers and battery packs.

 

3  

 

 

Lithium-ion batteries

 

Similar to Ni-MH batteries, we established lithium-ion batteries production lines to meet market needs. We produce Lithium-ion cylindrical, Lithium-ion polymer rechargeable batteries and power source solutions.

 

Recycling and New Materials

 

We also recycle scrap battery materials and sell the recycled materials to customers. In recent years, China’s government has been stimulating the adoption of EVs to reduce carbon emission and air pollution. This was essentially created by a combination of our own desire to be environmentally friendly and our customers need for an option for the batteries that we produce for them. We have seen huge opportunity to cooperate with EVs manufacturers to reuse or recycle the used batteries in the EVs.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We have a broad sales network of approximately 90 sales and marketing staff in China and have one branch office in Hong Kong. Our sales staff in each of our offices targets key customers by arranging in-person sales presentations and providing after-sales services. Our sales staff works closely with our customers so that we can better address their needs and improve the quality and features of our products. We offer different price incentives to encourage large-volume and long-term customers.

 

Sales from our customers are based primarily on purchase orders we receive from time to time rather than firm, long-term purchase commitments. Uncertain economic conditions and our general lack of long-term purchase commitments with our customers make it difficult for us to predict revenue accurately over the longer term. Even in those cases where customers are contractually obligated to purchase products from us, we may elect not to enforce our contractual rights immediately because of the long-term nature of our customer relationships and for other business reasons, and instead may negotiate accommodations with customers regarding particular situations.

 

We mainly engage in marketing activities such as attending industry-specific conferences and exhibitions to promote our products and brand name. We believe these activities help in promoting our products and brand name among key industry participants.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, approximately 22.9% and 27.1% of our net sales were from our five largest customers, respectively. The percentages of net sales disclosed for each of our major customers includes sales to groups of customers under common control or that could be deemed affiliates of such major customers. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, no customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales.

 

Competition

 

We face competition from many other battery manufacturers, some of which have significantly greater name recognition and financial, technical, manufacturing, personnel and other resources than we have. We compete against other Ni-MH and lithium-ion battery producers, as well as manufacturers of other rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries. The main types of rechargeable batteries currently on the market include: lead-acid; Ni-Cad; Ni-MH; liquid lithium-ion and lithium-ion polymer. Competition is typically based on design, quality, stability, and performance. The technology behind Ni-MH and lithium rechargeable batteries has consistently improved over time and we continue to enhance our products to meet the competitive threats from its competitors.

 

Supply of Raw Materials

 

The cost of the raw materials used in our rechargeable batteries is a key factor in the pricing of our products. We purchase materials in volume, which allows us to negotiate better pricing with our suppliers. Our purchasing department locates eligible suppliers of raw materials, striving to use only those suppliers who have previously demonstrated quality control and reliability.

 

4  

 

 

For Ni-MH, we purchase raw materials, consisted primarily of metal materials including nickel oxide, nickel foam, metal hydride alloy and other battery components, such as membranes, from suppliers located in China and Japan. For lithium batteries, we purchase raw materials consisting primarily of LiCoO2, graphite and electrolyte. We believe that the raw materials and components used in manufacturing rechargeable batteries are available from enough sources to be able to satisfy our manufacturing needs; however, some of our materials relating to nickel and cobalt are available from a limited number of suppliers. No supplier accounted for over 10% of our total purchase amount during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Presently, our relationships with suppliers are generally good and we expect that our suppliers will be able to meet the anticipated demand for our products in the future.

 

Manufacturing

 

The manufacturing of rechargeable batteries requires coordinated use of machinery and raw materials at various stages of production. We have a large-scale active production base of 58,480 square meters in Shenzhen and 126,605 square meters facility in Huizhou, a dedicated design, sales and marketing team, and approximately 3,500 company-trained employees. In 2014, we completed construction of our materials recycling factory in Ganzhou, Jiangxi Province, PRC and we began initial production in the factory in the first quarter of 2014. We use automated machinery which enables us to enhance uniformity and precision during the manufacturing process. We intend to further improve our automated production lines and strive to continue investing in manufacturing infrastructures to further increase our manufacturing capacity, which help us control the unit cost of products.

 

Research and Development

 

To enhance our product quality, reduce cost, and keep pace with technological advances and evolving market trends, we have established an advanced research and development center. Our research and development center is not only focused on enhancing our Ni-MH and Lithium-based technologies by developing new products and improving the performance of our current products, but also seeks to develop alternative technologies. Our research institute is currently staffed with over 300 research and development technicians who overlook our basic research center, product development center, process engineering center, material analysis and performance testing labs. These teams work together to research new material and techniques, develop new products and push to mass production.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we expended $9,243,750 and $7,631,181, respectively, in research and development.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of patent and trade secret protection and other unpatented proprietary information to protect our intellectual property rights and to maintain and enhance our competitiveness in the battery industry. We regularly files patent applications to protect our research, development and design, and are currently pursuing lots of patent applications in China. Over time, we have accumulated a lot of patents in China. We also have a U.S. patent for safety technology on rechargeable batteries.

 

We also rely on unpatented technologies to protect the proprietary nature of our product and manufacturing processes. We require that our management team and key employees enter into confidentiality agreements that require the employees to assign the rights to any inventions developed by them during the course of their employment with us. The confidentiality agreements include noncompetition and non-solicitation provisions that remain effective during the course of employment and for periods following termination of employment, which vary depending on position and location of the employees.

 

Seasonality

 

The first quarter of each fiscal year tends to be our slow season due to the Chinese New Year holidays. Our factories and operations usually shut down for 2 weeks during this time, resulting in lower sales during the first quarter.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 3,500 employees, all of whom were employed full-time. There are no collective bargaining contracts covering any of our employees. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with employees to be good.

 

5  

 

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Potential investors should carefully consider the material risks described below and all of the information contained in this Form 10-K before deciding whether to purchase any of our securities. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by these risks if any of them actually occur. The trading price of our shares of common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market could decline due to any of these risks, and an investor may lose all or part of his investment. Some of these factors have affected our financial condition and operating results in the past or are currently affecting us. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced described below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR OPERATIONS

 

Our business depends in large part on the growth in demand for portable electronic devices.

 

Many of our battery products are used to power various portable electronic devices. Therefore, the demand for our batteries is substantially tied to the market demand for portable electronic devices. A growth in the demand for portable electronic devices will be essential to the expansion of our business. Our results of operations may be adversely affected by decreases in the general level of economic activity. Decreases in consumer spending that may result from the current global economic downturn may weaken demand for items that use our battery products. A decrease in the demand for portable electronic devices would likely have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We are unable to predict the duration and severity of the current disruption in financial markets and the global adverse economic conditions and the effect such events might have on our business.

 

Our success depends on the success of manufacturers of the end applications that use our battery products.

 

Because our products are designed to be used in other products, our success depends on whether end application manufacturers will incorporate our batteries in their products. Although we strive to produce high quality battery products, there is no guarantee that end application manufacturers will accept our products. Our failure to gain acceptance of our products from these manufacturers could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Additionally, even if a manufacturer decides to use our batteries, the manufacturer may not be able to market and sell its products successfully. The manufacturer’s inability to market and sell its products successfully could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects because this manufacturer may not order new products from us. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future success would be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are and will continue to be subject to declining average selling prices of consumer electronic devices, which may harm our results of operations.

 

Portable consumer electronic devices, such as cellular phones, laptop computers and tablets are subject to rapid declines in average selling prices due to rapidly evolving technologies, industry standards and consumer preferences. Therefore, electronic device manufacturers expect suppliers, such as our company, to cut their costs and lower the price of their products to lessen the negative impact on the electronic device manufacturer’s own profit margins. As a result, we have previously reduced the price of some of our battery products and expect to continue to face market-driven downward pricing pressures in the future. Our results of operations will suffer if we are unable to offset any declines in the average selling prices of our products by developing new or enhanced products with higher selling prices or gross profit margins, increasing our sales volumes or reducing our production costs.

 

6  

 

 

Our success is highly dependent on continually developing new and advanced products, technologies, and processes and failure to do so may cause us to lose our competitiveness in the battery industry and may cause our profits to decline.

 

To remain competitive in the battery industry, it is important to continually develop new and advanced products, technologies, and processes. There is no assurance that competitors’ new products, technologies, and processes will not render our existing products obsolete or non-competitive. Alternately, changes in legislative, regulatory or industry requirements or in competitive technologies may render certain of our products obsolete or less attractive. Our competitiveness in the battery market therefore relies upon our ability to enhance our current products, introduce new products, and develop and implement new technologies and processes. We predominately manufacture and market Ni-MH batteries, Li-ion and Li-polymer batteries. Our ability to adapt to evolving industry standards and anticipate future standards will be a significant factor in maintaining and improving our competitive position and our prospects for growth. To achieve this goal, we have invested and plan to continue investing significant financial resources in research and development. Research and development, however, is inherently uncertain, and we might encounter practical difficulties in commercializing our research results. The research and development of new products and technologies is costly and time consuming, and there are no assurances that our research and development of new products will either be successful or completed within anticipated timeframes, if at all. Accordingly, our significant investment in research and development may not bear fruit. On the other hand, our competitors may improve their technologies or even achieve technological breakthroughs that would render our products obsolete or less marketable. Our failure to technologically evolve and/or develop new or enhanced products may cause us to lose competitiveness in the battery market and may cause our profits to decline.

 

In addition, in order to compete effectively in the battery industry, we must be able to launch new products to meet our customers’ demands in a timely manner. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to install and certify any equipment needed to produce new products in a timely manner, or that the transitioning of our manufacturing facility and resources to full production under any new product programs will not impact production rates or other operational efficiency measures at our manufacturing facility. In addition, new product introductions and applications are risky, and may suffer from a lack of market acceptance, delay in related product development and failure of new products to operate properly. Any failure by us successfully to launch new products, or a failure by our customers to accept such products, could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Our current business strategy depends on the growth in demand for EV and acceptance by customers of our products related to the EV market.

 

In anticipation of an expected increase in the demand for high-power EV we have invested in research and development of new products and also acquired an equity ownership in Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co. Ltd. (“Yipeng”), an EV power battery system solutions provider specializing in the plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (“PHEV”) and E-bus market in China. However, the markets we have targeted may not achieve the level of growth we expect. If this market fails to achieve our expected level of growth or our products for the EV market are not widely accepted, our operating results may be adversely affected.

 

We have historically depended on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues and this dependence is likely to continue.

 

We have historically depended on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our net sales. We anticipate that a limited number of customers will continue to contribute to a significant portion of our net sales in the future. Maintaining the relationships with these significant customers is vital to the expansion and success of our business, as the loss of a major customer could expose us to risk of substantial losses. Our sales and revenue could decline and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of these significant customers stops or reduces its purchasing of our products, or if we fail to expand our customer base for our products.

 

Significant order cancellations, reductions or delays by our customers could materially adversely affect our business.

 

Our sales are typically made pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we generally do not have long-term supply arrangements with our customers, but instead work with our customers to develop nonbinding forecasts of future requirements. Based on these forecasts, we make commitments regarding the level of business that we will seek and accept, the timing of production schedules and the levels and utilization of personnel and other resources. A variety of conditions, both specific to each customer and generally affecting each customer’s industry, may cause customers to cancel, reduce or delay orders that were either previously made or anticipated. Generally, customers may cancel, reduce or delay purchase orders and commitments without penalty, except for payment for services rendered or products competed and, in certain circumstances, payment for materials purchased and charges associated with such cancellation, reduction or delay. Significant or numerous order cancellations, reductions or delays by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

7  

 

 

Substantial defaults by our customers on accounts receivable or the loss of significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

A substantial portion of our working capital consists of accounts receivable from customers. If customers responsible for a significant amount of accounts receivable were to become insolvent or otherwise unable to pay for products and services, or to make payments in a timely manner, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. An economic or industry downturn could materially adversely affect the servicing of these accounts receivable, which could result in longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and defaults in excess of management’s expectations. A significant deterioration in our ability to collect on accounts receivable could also impact the cost or availability of financing available to us.

 

A change in our product mix may cause our results of operations to differ substantially from the anticipated results in any particular period.

 

Our overall profitability may not meet expectations if our products, customers or geographic mix are substantially different than anticipated. Our profit margins vary among our battery and new materials products, our customers and the geographic markets in which we sell our products. Consequently, if our mix of any of these is substantially different from what is anticipated in any particular period, our profitability could be lower than anticipated.

 

Certain disruptions in supply of and changes in the competitive environment for raw materials integral to our products may adversely affect our profitability.

 

We use a broad range of materials and supplies, including metals, chemicals and other electronic components in our products. A significant disruption in the supply of these materials could decrease production and shipping levels, materially increase our operating costs and materially adversely affect our profit margins. Shortages of materials or interruptions in transportation systems, labor strikes, work stoppages, war, acts of terrorism or other interruptions to or difficulties in the employment of labor or transportation in the markets in which we purchase materials, components and supplies for the production of our products, in each case may adversely affect our ability to maintain production of our products and sustain profitability. If we were to experience a significant or prolonged shortage of critical components from any of our suppliers and could not procure the components from other sources, we would be unable to meet our production schedules for some of our key products and to ship such products to our customers in timely fashion, which would adversely affect our sales, margins and customer relations.

 

Our industry is subject to supply shortages and any delay or inability to obtain product components may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our industry is subject to supply shortages, which could limit the amount of supply available of certain required battery components. Any delay or inability to obtain supplies may have a material adverse effect on our business. During prior periods, there have been shortages of components in the battery industry and the availability of raw materials has been limited by some of our suppliers. We cannot assure investors that any future shortages or allocations would not have such an effect on our business. A future shortage can be caused by and result from many situations and circumstances that are out of our control, and such shortage could limit the amount of supply available of certain required materials and increase prices adversely affecting our profitability.

 

Our future operating results may be affected by fluctuations in costs of raw materials, such as nickel.

 

Our principal raw material is nickel, which is available from a limited number of suppliers in China. The prices our raw materials used to make our batteries increase and decrease due to factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, domestic and worldwide demand, labor costs or problems, competition, import duties, tariffs, energy costs, currency exchange rates and those other factors described under “Certain disruptions in supply of and changes in the competitive environment for raw materials integral to our products may adversely affect our profitability.” In an environment of increasing prices for our raw materials, competitive conditions may impact how much of the price increases we can pass on to our customers and to the extent we are unable to pass on future price increases in our raw materials to our customers, our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

8  

 

 

Our operations would be materially adversely affected if third-party carriers were unable to transport our products on a timely basis.

 

All of our products are shipped through third party carriers. If a strike or other event prevented or disrupted these carriers from transporting our products, other carriers may be unavailable or may not have the capacity to deliver our products to our customers. If adequate third party sources to ship our products are unavailable at any time, our business would be materially adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to increase our manufacturing output in order to maintain our competitiveness in the battery industry.

 

We believe that our ability to provide cost-effective products represents a significant competitive advantage over our competitors. In order to continue providing such cost-effective products, we must maximize the efficiency of our production processes and increase our manufacturing output to a level that will enable us to reduce the unit production cost of our products. Our ability to increase our manufacturing output is subject to certain significant limitations, including:

 

  · Our ability raise capital to acquire additional raw materials and expand our manufacturing facilities;

 

  · Delays and cost overruns, due to increases in raw material prices and problems with equipment vendors;

 

  · Delays or denial of required approvals and certifications by relevant government authorities;

 

  · Diversion of significant management attention and other resources; and

 

  · Failure to execute our expansion plan effectively .

 

If we are not able to increase our manufacturing output and reduce our unit production costs, we may be unable to maintain our competitive position in the battery industry. Moreover, even if expand our manufacturing output, we may not be able to generate sufficient customer demand for our products to support our increased production output.

 

The market for our products and services is very competitive and, if we cannot effectively compete, our business will be adversely affected.

 

The market for our products and services is very competitive and subject to rapid technological change. Many of our competitors are larger and have significantly greater assets, name recognition and financial, personnel and other resources than we have. As a result, our competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to potential acquisitions and other market opportunities, new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. We cannot assure that we will be able to maintain or increase our market share against the emergence of these or other sources of competition. Failure to maintain and enhance our competitive position could materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by a global economic downturn, in addition to the continuing uncertainties in the financial markets.

 

The global economy experienced a pronounced economic downturn in previous years. Global financial markets have and may in the future experience disruptions, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. There is no assurance that there will not be deterioration in the global economy in the future, the global financial markets and consumer confidence. If economic conditions deteriorate, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Additionally, sales of consumer items such as portable electronic devices, have slowed in previous years and there have been adverse changes in employment levels, job growth, consumer confidence and interest rates. During 2016, China, which represented 58.4% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, experienced a pronounced deceleration in its economic growth. Our future results of operations may experience substantial fluctuations from period to period as a consequence of these factors, and such conditions and other factors affecting consumer spending may affect the timing of orders. Thus, any economic downturns generally would have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

9  

 

 

Moreover, the inability of our customers and suppliers to access capital efficiently, or at all, may have other adverse effects on our financial condition. For example, financial difficulties experienced by our customers or suppliers could result in product delays; increase accounts receivable defaults; and increase our inventory exposure. The inability of our customers to borrow money to fund purchases of our products reduces the demand for our products and services and may adversely affect our results from operations and cash flow. These risks may increase if our customers and suppliers do not adequately manage their business or do not properly disclose their financial condition to us.

 

Although we believe we have adequate liquidity and capital resources to fund our operations internally, in light of current market conditions, our inability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, may adversely affect our financial performance. The inability to obtain adequate financing from debt or capital sources could force us to self-fund strategic initiatives or even forego certain opportunities, which in turn could potentially harm our performance.

 

Maintaining and expanding our manufacturing operations requires significant capital expenditures, and our inability or failure to maintain and expand our operations would have a material adverse impact on our market share and ability to generate revenue.

 

We had capital expenditures of approximately $8.5 million and $11.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We may incur significant additional capital expenditures as a result of our expansion of our operations into our new production factory, as well as unanticipated events, regulatory changes and other events that impact our business. If we are unable or fail to adequately maintain our manufacturing capacity or quality control processes or adequately expand our production capabilities, we could lose customers and there could be a material adverse impact on our market share and our ability to generate revenue.

 

Warranty claims, product liability claims and product recalls could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business inherently exposes us to potential warranty and product liability claims, in the event that our products fail to perform as expected or such failure of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury or property damage (or both). Such claims may arise despite our quality controls, proper testing and instruction for use of our products, either due to a defect during manufacturing or due to the individual’s improper use of the product. In addition, if any of our designed products are or are alleged to be defective, then we may be required to participate in a recall of them.

 

Existing PRC laws and regulations do not require us to maintain third party liability insurance to cover product liability claims. Although we have obtained products liability insurance, if a warranty or product liability claim is brought against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, or a recall of one of our products is required, such claim or recall may result in damage to our reputation, breach of contracts with our customers, decreased demand for our products, costly litigation, additional product recalls, loss of revenue, and the inability to commercialize some products. Additionally, our insurance policy imposes a ceiling for maximum coverage and high deductibles and we may be unable to obtain sufficient amounts from our policy to cover a product liability claim. We may not be able to obtain any insurance coverage for certain types of product liability claims, as our policy excludes coverage of certain types of claims. In such cases, we may still incur substantial costs related to a product liability claim, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Manufacturing or use of our battery products may cause accidents, which could result in significant production interruption, delay or claims for substantial damages.

 

Our batteries, especially lithium batteries, can pose certain safety risks, including the risk of fire. While we implement stringent safety procedures at all stages of battery production that minimize such risks, accidents may still occur. Any accident, regardless of where it occurs, may result in significant production interruption, delays or claims for substantial damages caused by personal injuries or property damages.

 

10  

 

 

Our labor costs have increased and are likely to continue to increase as a result of changes in Chinese labor laws.

 

We expect to experience an increase in our cost of labor due to recent changes in Chinese labor laws which are likely to increase costs further and impose restrictions on our relationship with our employees. In June 2007, the National People’s Congress of the PRC enacted new labor law legislation called the Labor Contract Law and more strictly enforced existing labor laws. The law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, amended and formalized workers’ rights concerning overtime hours, pensions, layoffs, employment contracts and the role of trade unions. As a result of the law, we have had to increase the salaries of our employees, provide additional benefits to our employees, and revise certain other of our labor practices. The increase in labor costs has increased our operating costs, which we have not always been able to pass on to our customers. In addition, under the law, employees who either have worked for us for 10 years or more or who have had two consecutive fixed-term contracts must be given an “open-ended employment contract” that, in effect, constitutes a lifetime, permanent contract, which is terminable only in the event the employee materially breaches our rules and regulations or is in serious dereliction of his or her duties. Such non-cancelable employment contracts have substantially increased our employment-related risks and limit our ability to downsize our workforce in the event of an economic downturn. No assurance can be given that we will not in the future be subject to labor strikes or that we will not have to make other payments to resolve future labor issues caused by the new laws. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that labor laws in the PRC will not change further or that their interpretation and implementation will vary, which may have a negative effect upon our business and results of operations.

 

We cannot guarantee the protection of our intellectual property rights and if infringement of our intellectual property rights occurs, including counterfeiting of our products, our reputation and business may be adversely affected.

 

To protect the reputation of our products, we have sought to file or register intellectual property, as appropriate, in the PRC where we have our primary business presence. As of December 31, 2016, we have registered two trademarks as used on our battery products, one in English and the other in its Chinese equivalent. Our products are currently sold under these trademarks in the PRC, and we plan to expand our products to other international markets. There is no assurance that there will not be any infringement of our brand name or other registered trademarks or counterfeiting of our products in the future, in China or elsewhere. Should any such infringement and/or counterfeiting occur, our reputation and business may be adversely affected. We may also incur significant expenses and substantial amounts of time and effort to enforce our trademark rights in the future. Such diversion of our resources may adversely affect our existing business and future expansion plans.

 

We believe that obtaining patents and enforcing other proprietary protections for our technologies and products have been and will continue to be very important in enabling us to compete effectively. However, there can be no assurance that our pending patent applications will issue, or that we will be able to obtain any new patents, in China or elsewhere, or that our or our licensors’ patents and proprietary rights will not be challenged or circumvented, or that these patents will provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar products or will not design around any patents that have been or may be issued to us or our licensors. Failure to obtain patents in certain foreign countries may materially adversely affect our ability to compete effectively in those international markets. If a sufficiently broad patent were to be issued from a competing application in China or elsewhere, it could have a material adverse effect upon our intellectual property position in that particular market.

 

In addition, our rights to use the licensed proprietary technologies of our licensors depends on the timely and complete payment for such rights pursuant to license agreements between the parties; failure to adhere to the terms of these agreements could result in the loss of such rights and could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

If our products are alleged to or found to conflict with patents that have been or may be granted to competitors or others, our reputation and business may be adversely affected.

 

Rapid technological developments in the battery industry and the competitive nature of the battery products market make the patent position of battery manufacturers subject to numerous uncertainties related to complex legal and factual issues. Consequently, although we either own or hold licenses to certain patents in the PRC, and are currently processing several additional patent applications in the PRC, it is possible that no patents will issue from any pending applications or that claims allowed in any existing or future patents issued or licensed to us will be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, or that any rights granted there under will not provide us adequate protection. As a result, we may be required to participate in interference or infringement proceedings to determine the priority of certain inventions or may be required to commence litigation to protect our rights, which could result in substantial costs. Further, other parties could bring legal actions against us claiming damages and seeking to enjoin manufacturing and marketing of our products for allegedly conflicting with patents held by them. Any such litigation could result in substantial cost to us and diversion of effort by our management and technical personnel. If any such actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected products. There can be no assurance that we would prevail in any such action or that any license required under any such patent would be made available on acceptable terms, if at all. Failure to obtain needed patents, licenses or proprietary information held by others may have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, if we were to become involved in such litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of our time and resources. Also, with respect to licensed technology, there can be no assurance that the licensor of the technology will have the resources, financial or otherwise, or desire to defend against any challenges to the rights of such licensor to its patents.

 

11  

 

 

We rely on trade secret protections through confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers and other parties; the breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We rely on trade secrets, which we seek to protect, in part, through confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, customers and other parties. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known to or independently developed by competitors. To the extent that consultants, key employees or other third parties apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our proposed projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to such information that may not be resolved in our favor. We may be involved from time to time in litigation to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights. Any such litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of effort by our management and technical personnel.

 

The failure to manage growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our employee efficiency, product quality, working capital levels, and results of operations.

 

Any significant growth in the market for our products or our entry into new markets may require expansion of our employee base for managerial, operational, financial, and other purposes. During any growth, we may face problems related to our operational and financial systems and controls, including quality control and delivery and service capacities. We would also need to continue to expand, train and manage our employee base. Continued future growth will impose significant added responsibilities upon the members of management to identify, recruit, maintain, integrate, and motivate new employees.

 

Aside from increased difficulties in the management of human resources, we may also encounter working capital issues, as we will need increased liquidity to finance the purchase of raw materials and supplies, development of new products, and the hiring of additional employees. For effective growth management, we will be required to continue improving our operations, management, and financial systems and control. Our failure to manage growth effectively may lead to operational and financial inefficiencies that will have a negative effect on our profitability. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to timely and effectively meet that demand and maintain the quality standards required by our existing and potential customers.

 

We are dependent on certain key personnel and loss of these key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success is, to a certain extent, attributable to the management, sales and marketing, and operational and technical expertise of certain key personnel. Each of the named executive officers performs key functions in the operation of our business. The loss of a significant number of these employees could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We are dependent on a technically trained workforce and an inability to retain or effectively recruit such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We must attract, recruit and retain a sizeable workforce of technically competent employees to develop and manufacture our products and provide service support. Our ability to implement effectively our business strategy will depend upon, among other factors, the successful recruitment and retention of additional highly skilled and experienced engineering and other technical and marketing personnel. There is significant competition for technologically qualified personnel in our business and we may not be successful in recruiting or retaining sufficient qualified personnel consistent with our operational needs.

 

12  

 

 

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs, access to capital and cost of capital.

 

The capital and credit markets have previously experienced extreme volatility and disruption, including, among other things, extreme volatility in securities prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, ratings downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. Governments have taken unprecedented actions intended to address extreme market conditions that have included severely restricted credit and declines in real estate values. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers. While historically these conditions have not impaired our ability to utilize our current credit facilities and finance our operations, there can be no assurance that there will not be deterioration in financial markets and confidence in major economies such that our ability to access credit markets and finance our operations, might be impaired. Without sufficient liquidity, we may be forced to curtail our operations. Adverse market conditions may limit our ability to replace, in a timely manner, maturing liabilities and access the capital necessary to operate and grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital or bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility. The tightening of credit in financial markets could adversely affect the ability of our customers to obtain financing for purchases of our products and could result in a decrease in or cancellation of orders for our products. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and capital position could be materially adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.

 

We have been relying on bank facilities to finance our expansion of new plants, which increased our debt asset ratio. We may not have sufficient cash to meet our payment obligations.

 

The Company leverages from various Chinese banks to fund its business operations and our expansion to meet the demand from the fast growing lithium battery market in mobile and portable consumer devices, vehicles of various sizes, and energy storage systems. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s debt asset ratio was 72.3%. The management of the Company has taken and will take a number of actions and will continue to address our high debt level situation in order to restore the Company to a sound financial position with an appropriate business strategy going forward. These actions can include market more higher-margined lithium battery products and systems; control cost in operating expenses, and improve management efficiency; and introduce strategic investment. If we are not successful in implementing these actions, we may not have sufficient cash to meet our payment obligations.

 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate because of many factors and, as a result, investors should not rely on quarterly operating results as indicative of future results.

 

Fluctuations in operating results or the failure of operating results to meet the expectations of public market analysts and investors may negatively impact the value of our securities. Quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors that could affect revenues or expenses in any particular quarter. Fluctuations in quarterly operating results could cause the value of our securities to decline. Investors should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of results of operations as an indication of future performance. As a result of the factors listed below, it is possible that in the future periods results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. This could cause the market price of our securities to decline. Factors that may affect our quarterly results include:

 

  · Vulnerability of our business to a general economic downturn in China;

 

  · Fluctuation and unpredictability of costs related to the raw materials used to manufacture our products;

 

  · Seasonality of our business;

 

  · Changes in the laws of the PRC that affect our operations;

 

  · Competition from our competitors; and

 

  · Our ability to obtain necessary government certifications and/or licenses to conduct our business.

 

13  

 

 

Our stock price may be negatively affected if we become subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S. listed Chinese companies.

 

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China, particularly companies like us which have completed share exchanges or reverse merger transactions, have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered around financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S.-listed Chinese companies has sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions, conducted internal and external investigations into the allegations. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend our company. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from growing our company. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, our company and business operations will be severely negatively affected and your investment in our stock could be rendered worthless.

 

We have outstanding warrants and options, and future sales of the shares obtained upon exercise of these options or warrants could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding options exercisable for an aggregate of 381,392 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.76 per share and warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 740,001 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.43 per share. We have registered the issuance of all the shares issuable upon exercise of the options and 540,001 of the shares underlying warrant, and they will be freely tradable by the exercising party upon issuance. The holders may sell these shares in the public markets from time to time, without limitations on the timing, amount or method of sale. As our stock price rises, the holders may exercise their warrants and options and sell a large number of shares. This could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

RISKS RELATED TO DOING BUSINESS IN CHINA

 

The PRC government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities.

 

The PRC government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, property, and other matters. We believe that our operations in China are in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local governments of the jurisdictions in which we operate may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located in the PRC and substantially all of our revenues are derived from our operations in China, and changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government could have a significant impact upon the business we may be able to conduct in the PRC and accordingly on the results of our operations and financial condition.

 

Our business operations may be adversely affected by the current and future political environment in the PRC. The Chinese government exerts substantial influence and control over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities. Our ability to operate in China may be adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, raw materials, environmental regulations, land use rights, property and other matters. Under the current government leadership, the government of the PRC has been pursuing economic reform policies that encourage private economic activities and greater economic decentralization. There is no assurance, however, that the government of the PRC will continue to pursue these policies, or that it will not significantly alter these policies from time to time without advance notice.

 

Our operations are subject to PRC laws and regulations that are sometimes vague and uncertain. Any changes in such PRC laws and regulations, or the interpretations thereof, may have a material and adverse effect on our business.

 

The PRC’s legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system prevalent in the United States, decided legal cases have little value as precedent in China. There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations, including but not limited to, governmental approvals required for conducting business and investments, laws and regulations governing the battery industry, national security-related laws and regulations and export/import laws and regulations, as well as commercial, antitrust, patent, product liability, environmental laws and regulations, consumer protection, and financial and business taxation laws and regulations.

 

14  

 

 

The Chinese government has been developing a comprehensive system of commercial laws, and considerable progress has been made in introducing laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and judicial interpretation and their lack of force as precedents, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve significant uncertainties. New laws and regulations that affect existing and proposed future businesses may also be applied retroactively.

 

Our principal operating subsidiaries, SZ Highpower, SZ Springpower and ICON are considered foreign invested enterprises under PRC laws, and as a result are required to comply with PRC laws and regulations, including laws and regulations specifically governing the activities and conduct of foreign invested enterprises. We cannot predict what effect the interpretation of existing or new PRC laws or regulations may have on our businesses. If the relevant authorities find us in violation of PRC laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

 

  · Levying fines;

 

  · Revoking our business license, other licenses or authorities;

 

  · Requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and

 

  · Requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business.

 

The disclosures in our reports and other filings with the SEC and our other public pronouncements are not subject to the scrutiny of any regulatory bodies in the PRC. Accordingly, our public disclosure should be reviewed in light of the fact that no governmental agency that is located in China where substantially all of our operations and business are located have conducted any due diligence on our operations or reviewed or cleared any of our disclosures.

 

We are regulated by the SEC and our reports and other filings with the SEC are subject to SEC review in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Unlike public reporting companies whose operations are located primarily in the United States, however, substantially all of our operations are located in China. Since substantially all of our operations and business take place in China, it may be more difficult for the Staff of the SEC to overcome the geographic and cultural obstacles that are present when reviewing our disclosures. These same obstacles are not present for similar companies whose operations or business take place entirely or primarily in the United States. Furthermore, our SEC reports and other disclosures and public pronouncements are not subject to the review or scrutiny of any PRC regulatory authority. For example, the disclosure in our SEC reports and other filings are not subject to the review of China Securities Regulatory Commission, a PRC regulator that is tasked with oversight of the capital markets in China. Accordingly, you should review our SEC reports, filings and our other public pronouncements with the understanding that no local regulator has done any due diligence on our company and with the understanding that none of our SEC reports, other filings or any of our other public pronouncements has been reviewed or otherwise been scrutinized by any local regulator.

 

Our auditors, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China and to the extent their audit clients have operations in China, is not permitted to be subject to full inspection by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issued the audit reports included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as auditors of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and registered with the US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, are required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess their compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards.

 

However, our operations are solely located in the PRC, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities. Our independent registered public accounting firm, like others operating in China (and Hong Kong, to the extent their audit clients have operations in China), is currently not subject to inspection conducted by the PCAOB. Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct full inspections of auditors operating in China makes it more difficult to evaluate our auditors’ audit procedures or quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

 

15  

 

 

The scope of our business license in China is limited, and we may not expand or continue our business without government approval and renewal, respectively.

 

Our principal operating subsidiaries, SZ Highpower and ICON, are wholly foreign-owned enterprises, commonly known as WFOEs. A WFOE can only conduct business within its approved business scope, which appears on the business license since its inception. Our license permits us to design, manufacture, sell and market battery products throughout the PRC. Any amendment to the scope of our business requires further application and government approval. Prior to expanding our business and engaging in activities that are not covered by our current business licenses, we are required to apply and receive approval from the relevant PRC government authorities. In order for us to expand business beyond the scope of our license, we will be required to enter into a negotiation with the authorities for the approval to expand the scope of our business. PRC authorities, which have discretion over business licenses, may reject our request to expand the scope of our business licenses to include our planned areas of expansion. We will be prohibited from engaging in any activities that the PRC authorities do not approve in our expanded business licenses. Companies that operate outside the scope of their licenses can be subjected to fines, disgorgement of income and ordered to cease operations. Our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to obtain the necessary government approval for expanded business licenses that cover any areas in which we wish to expand.

 

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations related to our manufacturing operations. Our failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations in China that require us to obtain environmental permits for our battery manufacturing operations. Although we do not currently exceed the approved annual output limits under the new permit, we cannot guarantee that this will continue to be the case. Additionally, our current permit does not cover one of our existing premises at our manufacturing facility. If we fail to comply with the provisions of our permit, we could be subject to fines, criminal charges or other sanctions by regulators, including the suspension or termination of our manufacturing operations.

 

To the extent we ship our products outside of the PRC, or to the extent our products are used in products sold outside of the PRC, they may be affected by the following: The transportation of non-rechargeable and rechargeable lithium batteries is regulated by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), and corresponding International Air Transport Association (IATA), Pipeline & Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), Dangerous Goods Regulations and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG), and in the PRC by General Administration of Civil Aviation of China and Maritime Safety Administration of People’s Republic of China. These regulations are based on the United Nations (UN) Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. We currently ship our products pursuant to ICAO, IATA and PHMSA hazardous goods regulations. New regulations that pertain to all lithium battery manufacturers went into effect in 2003 and 2004, and additional regulations went into effect on October 1, 2009. The regulations require companies to meet certain testing, packaging, labeling and shipping specifications for safety reasons. We comply with all current PRC and international regulations for the shipment of our products, and will comply with any new regulations that are imposed. We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply with these regulations. If we were unable to comply with the new regulations, however, or if regulations are introduced that limit our ability to transport products to customers in a cost-effective manner, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We cannot assure that at all times we will be in compliance with environmental laws and regulations or our environmental permits or that we will not be required to expend significant funds to comply with, or discharge liabilities arising under, environmental laws, regulations and permits. Additionally, these regulations may change in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures to comply with environmental requirements.

 

16  

 

 

Furthermore, our failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations worldwide could harm our business and results of operations. The manufacturing, assembling and testing of our products require the use of hazardous materials that are subject to a broad array of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with any of these applicable laws or regulations could result in:

 

  · Regulatory penalties, fines and legal liabilities;

 

  · Suspension of production;

 

  · Alteration of our fabrication, assembly and test processes; and

 

  · Curtailment of our operations or sales.

 

In addition, our failure to manage the use, transportation, emission, discharge, storage, recycling or disposal of hazardous materials could subject us to increased costs or future liabilities. Existing and future environmental laws and regulations could also require us to acquire pollution abatement or remediation equipment, modify our product designs or incur other expenses associated with such laws and regulations. Many new materials that we are evaluating for use in our operations may be subject to regulation under existing or future environmental laws and regulations that may restrict our use of one or more of such materials in our manufacturing, assembly and test processes or products. Any of these restrictions could harm our business and results of operations by increasing our expenses or requiring us to alter our manufacturing processes.

 

If our land use rights or the land use rights of our landlord are revoked or not renewed, we would be forced to relocate operations.

 

Under Chinese law land is owned by the state or rural collective economic organizations. The state issues to the land users the land use right certificates. Land use rights can be revoked or not renewed and the land users forced to vacate at any time when redevelopment of the land is in the public interest. The public interest rationale is interpreted quite broadly and the process of land appropriation may be less than transparent. We acquired approximately 126,605 square meters of land equity in Huizhou from the Huizhou State-Owned Land Resource in 2007 upon which we constructed a manufacturing facility. We also acquired 58,669 square meters of land equity in Ganzhou, Guangdong, China in February 2012 from the Ganzhou Land and Resource Bureau upon which we have a facility to house our new materials business. Besides the land use rights in Huizhou and Ganzhou, we rely on the land use rights of our landlords for other facilities, and the loss of our own land use rights or our landlords’ land use rights would require us to identify and relocate our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any loss of this land use right would require us to identify and relocate our manufacturing and other facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We will not be able to complete an acquisition of prospective acquisition targets in the PRC unless their financial statements can be reconciled to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in a timely manner.

 

Companies based in the PRC may not have properly kept financial books and records that may be reconciled with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). If we attempt to acquire a significant PRC target company and/or its assets, we would be required to obtain or prepare financial statements of the target that are prepared in accordance with and reconciled to U.S. GAAP. Federal securities laws require that a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests require the public acquirer to prepare and file historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure with the SEC. These financial statements must be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to U.S. GAAP and the historical financial statements must be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. If a proposed acquisition target does not have financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with, or that can be reconciled to, U.S. GAAP and audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, we will not be able to acquire that proposed acquisition target. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential acquisition targets with which we may acquire and hinder our ability to expand our retail operations. Furthermore, if we consummate an acquisition and are unable to timely file audited financial statements and/or pro forma financial information required by the Exchange Act, such as Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, we will be ineligible to use the SEC’s short-form registration statement on Form S-3 to raise capital, if we are otherwise eligible to use a Form S-3. If we are ineligible to use a Form S-3, the process of raising capital may be more expensive and time consuming and the terms of any offering transaction may not be as favorable as they would have been if we were eligible to use Form S-3.

 

17  

 

 

We face risks related to natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other events in China that may affect usage of public transportation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other events in China. For example, in early 2008, parts of China suffered a wave of strong snow storms that severely impacted public transportation systems. In May 2008, Sichuan Province in China suffered a strong earthquake measuring approximately 8.0 on the Richter scale that caused widespread damage and casualties.  Any future natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other events in China could cause a reduction in usage of or other severe disruptions to, public transportation systems and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

The foreign currency exchange rate between United States Dollar (“US$”) Dollars and Renminbi (“RMB”) could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

To the extent that we need to convert US$ into RMB for our operational needs, our financial position and the price of our common stock may be adversely affected should the RMB appreciate against the US$ at that time. Conversely, if we decide to convert RMB into US$ for the operational needs or paying dividends on our common stock, the US$ equivalent of our earnings from our subsidiaries in China would be reduced should the US$ appreciate against the RMB.

 

Because most of our oversea sales are made in US$ and most of our expenses are paid in RMB, devaluation of the US$ could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

The value of RMB is subject to changes in China’s governmental policies and to international economic and political developments. In January 1994, the PRC government implemented a unitary managed floating rate system. Under this system, the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC, began publishing a daily Base Exchange Rate with reference primarily to the supply and demand of RMB against the US$ and other foreign currencies in the market during the previous day. Authorized banks and financial institutions are allowed to quote buy and sell rates for RMB within a specified band around the central bank’s daily exchange rate. On July 21, 2005, PBOC announced an adjustment of the exchange rate of the US$ to RMB and modified the system by which the exchange rates are determined, which has resulted in an appreciation of the RMB against the US$. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the exchange rate of the RMB to the US$ increased approximately 6.9% from the level at the end of December 31, 2015. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in further fluctuations of the exchange rate of the US$ against the RMB, including future devaluations. Because most of our net sales are made in US$ and most of our expenses are paid in RMB, any future devaluation of the US$ against the RMB could negatively impact our results of operations. Moreover, any affirmative actions by the U.S. Government against the PRC in relation to the exchange rate could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

Inflation in the PRC could negatively affect our profitability and growth.

 

While the PRC economy has experienced rapid growth, such growth has been uneven among various sectors of the economy and in different geographical areas of the country. Rapid economic growth can lead to growth in the money supply and rising inflation. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, China’s Average Consumer Price Index was approximately 2.0% in 2016. If prices for our products and services rise at a rate that is insufficient to compensate for the rise in the costs of supplies such as raw materials, it may have an adverse effect on our profitability.

 

Because our funds are held in banks which do not provide insurance, the failure of any bank in which we deposit our funds could affect our ability to continue in business.

 

Banks and other financial institutions in the PRC do not provide insurance for funds held on deposit. A significant portion of our assets are in the form of cash deposited with banks in the PRC, and in the event of a bank failure, we may not have access to our funds on deposit. Depending upon the amount of money we maintain in a bank that fails, our inability to have access to our cash could impair our operations, and, if we are not able to access funds to pay suppliers, employees and other creditors, we may be unable to continue in business.

 

18  

 

 

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

 

As our ultimate holding company is a Delaware corporation, we are subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits United States companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Foreign companies, including some that may compete with us, are not subject to these prohibitions. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices may occur from time-to-time in the PRC. We can make no assurance, however, that our employees or other agents will not engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have received certain preferential tax concessions and the loss of these preferential tax concessions may cause our tax liabilities to increase and our profitability to decline.

 

In China, the companies granted with National High-tech Enterprise status (“NHTE”) enjoy 15% income tax rate. This status needs to be renewed every three years. As of December 31, 2016, all the subsidiaries located in China were received NHTE status. The expiration of the preferential tax treatment will increase our tax liabilities and reduce our profitability.

 

Under the EIT Law, Highpower International and HKHTC may be classified as “resident enterprises” of China for tax purpose, which may subject Highpower International and HKHTC to PRC income tax on taxable global income.

 

Under the EIT law and its implementing rules, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises are classified as resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. An enterprise established outside of China with its “de facto management bodies” located within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese domestic enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management body as a managing body that in practice exercises “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise. Due to the short history of the EIT Law and lack of applicable legal precedents, it remains unclear how the PRC tax authorities will determine the PRC tax resident treatment of a foreign company such as Highpower International and HKHTC. Both Highpower International and HKHTC’s members of management are located in China. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Highpower International or HKHTC is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of PRC tax consequences could follow. First, they may be subject to the enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on their worldwide taxable income, including interest income on the proceeds from this offering, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Second, the EIT Law provides that dividend paid between “qualified resident enterprises” is exempted from enterprise income tax. A recent circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation regarding the standards used to classify certain Chinese-invested enterprises controlled by Chinese enterprises or Chinese group enterprises and established outside of China as “resident enterprises” clarified that dividends and other income paid by such “resident enterprises” will be considered to be PRC source income, subject to PRC withholding tax, currently at a rate of 10%, when recognized by non-PRC shareholders. It is unclear whether the dividends that Highpower International or HKHTC receive from SZ Highpower and SZ Springpower will constitute dividends between “qualified resident enterprises” and would therefore qualify for tax exemption, because the definition of qualified resident enterprises is unclear and the relevant PRC government authorities have not yet issued guidance with respect to the processing of outbound remittances to entities that are treated as resident enterprises for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. We are actively monitoring the possibility of “resident enterprise” treatment for the applicable tax years and are evaluating appropriate organizational changes to avoid this treatment, to the extent possible. As a result of the EIT Law, our historical operating results will not be indicative of our operating results for future periods and the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

 

Dividends payable by us to our foreign investors and any gain on the sale of our shares may be subject to taxes under PRC tax laws.

 

If dividends payable to our shareholders are treated as income derived from sources within China, then the dividends that shareholders receive from us, and any gain on the sale or transfer of our shares, may be subject to taxes under PRC tax laws.

 

Under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 10% is applicable to dividends payable by us to our investors that are non-resident enterprises so long as such non-resident enterprise investors do not have an establishment or place of business in China or, despite the existence of such establishment of place of business in China, the relevant income is not effectively connected with such establishment or place of business in China, to the extent that such dividends have their sources within the PRC. Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of our shares by such investors is also subject to a 10% PRC income tax if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within China and Highpower International is considered as a resident enterprise which is domiciled in China for tax purpose. Additionally, there is a possibility that the relevant PRC tax authorities may take the view that the Highpower International and HKHTC are holding SZ Highpower, SZ Springpower and ICON, and the capital gain derived by our overseas shareholders or investors from the share transfer is deemed China-sourced income, in which case such capital gain may be subject to a PRC withholding tax at the rate of up to 10%. If we are required under the EIT Law to withhold PRC income tax on our dividends payable to our foreign shareholders or investors who are non-resident enterprises, or if investors are required to pay PRC income tax on the transfer or our shares under the circumstances mentioned above, the value of investors’ investment in our shares may be materially and adversely affected.

 

19  

 

 

A downturn in the economy of the PRC may slow our growth and profitability.

 

The growth of the Chinese economy has been uneven across geographic regions and economic sectors. There can be no assurance that growth of the Chinese economy will be steady or that any downturn will not have a negative effect on our business, especially if it results in either a decreased use of our products or in pressure on us to lower our prices.

 

Because our business is located in the PRC, we may have difficulty establishing adequate management, legal and financial controls, which are required in order to comply with U.S. securities laws.

 

PRC companies have historically not adopted a western style of management and financial reporting concepts and practices, which includes strong corporate governance, internal controls and, computer, financial and other control systems. Most of our middle and top management staff are not educated and trained in the Western system, and we may have difficulty in hiring new employees in the PRC with such training. In addition, we may have difficulty in hiring and retaining a sufficient number of qualified employees to work in the PRC. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management, legal and financial controls, collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet Western standards. Therefore, we may, in turn, experience difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This may result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls which could impact the reliability of our financial statements and prevent us from complying with SEC rules and regulations and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Any such deficiencies, weaknesses or lack of compliance could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

Investors may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in China based upon U.S. laws, including the federal securities laws or other foreign laws against us or our management.

 

Most of our current operations, including the manufacture and distribution of our products, are conducted in China. Moreover, most of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of China Mainland or Hong Kong. All or substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States and in the PRC. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside China upon these persons. In addition, uncertainties exist as to whether the courts of China would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or such officers and/or directors predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or be competent to hear original actions brought in China against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

  

Contract drafting, interpretation and enforcement in China involve significant uncertainties.

 

We have entered into numerous contracts governed by PRC law, many of which are material to our business. As compared with contracts in the United States, contracts governed by PRC law tend to contain less detail and are not as comprehensive in defining contracting parties’ rights and obligations. As a result, contracts in China are more vulnerable to disputes and legal challenges. In addition, contract interpretation and enforcement in China is not as developed as in the United States, and the result of any contract dispute is subject to significant uncertainties. Therefore, we cannot assure that we will not be subject to disputes under our material contracts, and if such disputes arise, we cannot assure that we will prevail.

 

20  

 

 

We could be liable for damages for defects in our products pursuant to the Tort Liability Law of the PRC

 

The Tort Liability Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was passed during the 12th Session of the Standing Committee of the 11th National People’s Congress on December 26, 2009, states that manufacturers are liable for damages caused by defects in their products and sellers are liable for damages attributable to their fault. If the defects are caused by the fault of third parties such as the transporter or storekeeper, manufacturers and sellers are entitled to claim for compensation from these third parties after paying the compensation amount.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

The price of our common stock is volatile and investors might not be able to resell their securities at or above the price they have paid.

 

Since our initial public offering and listing of our common stock in October 2007, the price at which our common stock had traded has been highly volatile, with the lowest and highest sales price of $0.92 and $9.82, respectively. Investors might not be able to resell the shares of our common stock at or above the price they have paid. The stock market has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the performance of its listed companies. Moreover, only a limited number of our shares are traded each day, which could increase the volatility of the price of our stock. These market fluctuations might cause our stock price to fall regardless of our performance. The market price of our common stock might fluctuate significantly in response to many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

  · Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our annual and quarterly results of operations;

 

  · Changes in securities analysts’ expectations;

 

  · Variations in our operating results, which could cause us to fail to meet analysts’ or investors’ expectations;

 

  · Announcements by our competitors or us of significant new products, contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

  · Conditions and trends in our industry;

 

  · General market, economic, industry and political conditions;

 

  · Changes in market values of comparable companies;

 

  · Additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  · Stock market price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels; and

 

  · Future sales of equity or debt securities, including sales which dilute existing investors.

  

A few principal stockholders have significant influence over us.

 

Three of our stockholders beneficially own or control approximately 40.4% of our outstanding shares. If these stockholders were to act as a group, they would have a controlling influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors, and other significant corporate actions. Such stockholders may also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. In addition, without the consent of these three stockholders, we could be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us. The interests of these three stockholders may differ from the interests of our other stockholders.

 

21  

 

 

Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure will result in additional expenses.

 

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC regulations, have created uncertainty for public companies and significantly increased the costs and risks associated with accessing the public markets and public reporting. Our management team has to invest significant management time and financial resources to comply with both existing and evolving standards for public companies, which will lead to increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities.

 

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

 

We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any failure of these controls could also prevent us from maintaining accurate accounting records and discovering accounting errors and financial frauds. Rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. The standards that must be met for management to assess the internal control over financial reporting as effective are complex, and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards. We may encounter problems or delays in completing activities necessary to make an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, the attestation process by our independent registered public accountants is new and we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving an attestation of our assessment by our independent registered public accountants. If we cannot assess our internal control over financial reporting as effective, or our independent registered public accountants are unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on such assessment, investor confidence and share value may be negatively impacted.

 

In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting, or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

 

We have adopted The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan under which we may grant securities to compensate employees and other services providers, which could result in increased share-based compensation expenses and, therefore, reduce net income.

 

Under current accounting rules, we would be required to recognize share-based compensation as compensation expense in our statement of operations, based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, and recognize the compensation expense over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. We made grants of equity awards in 2015 and 2016, and accordingly our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 contain share-based compensation charges. If we grant equity compensation to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with share-based compensation may adversely affect our net income. However, if we do not grant equity compensation, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel or be forced to expend cash or other compensation instead. Furthermore, the issuance of equity awards would dilute the stockholders’ ownership interests in our company.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control, which may cause our stock price to decline.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if closing such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. We are authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. This preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by our board of directors without further action by stockholders. The terms of any series of preferred stock may include voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular matters), preferences as to dividend, liquidation, conversion and redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. No preferred stock is currently outstanding. The issuance of any preferred stock could materially adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock, and therefore, reduce the value of our common stock. In particular, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell our assets to, a third party and thereby preserve control by the present management.

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law also could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. Such provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. In particular, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law, as applicable, among other things:

 

22  

 

 

  · provide the board of directors with the ability to alter the bylaws without stockholder approval;

 

  · place limitations on the removal of directors; and

 

  · provide that vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum.

 

We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a publicly-held Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder.

 

We do not foresee paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, as a result, our investors’ sole source of gain, if any, will depend on capital appreciation, if any.

 

We do not plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future and currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth. As a result, Investors should not rely on an investment in our securities if they require the investment to produce dividend income. Capital appreciation, if any, of our shares may be investors’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Moreover, investors may not be able to resell their shares in our company at or above the price they paid for them.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

HKHTC’s registered office is located in Hong Kong at Unit 12, 15/F, Technology Park, 18 On Lai Street, ShekMun, Shatin, N.T. Hong Kong.

 

The Company currently has five active manufacturing operations located in mainland China in the cities of Shenzhen and Huizhou located in the Guangdong province, and Ganzhou in the Jiangxi province. Our active facilities cover approximately 58,480 square meters (629,473 square feet) in Shenzhen, 126,605 square meters (1,362,765 square feet) in Huizhou and 58,669 square meters (631,508 square feet) in Ganzhou, and consist of manufacturing plants, dormitories and research and development facilities. We lease manufacturing facilities with varying terms ranging, which are renewed upon expiration. All leases have been fully prepaid until the expiration date, and we will renew all the leases before the expiration date. The table below lists the locations, approximate square meters and square feet, principal use and lease expiration dates of the facilities used in our manufacturing operations as of December 31, 2016.

 

23  

 

 

Location   Area
(square meters/
square feet)
  Principal Use   Lease 
expiration date
             
Building A1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

3,300 m 2 /

35,521 ft 2

  Manufacturing & Residence   December 31, 2021
             
Building A2, Luo Shan Industrial Zone, Shanxia Community, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

4,922 m 2 /

52,980 ft 2

  Manufacturing & Residence   December 31, 2021
             
Building A1&A2&A3&A4&A7, Luo Shan Industrial Zone, Shanxia Community, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

12,608 m 2 /

135,711 ft 2

  Staff Dormitory   December 31, 2021
             
Building A3&A4&A7, Luo Shan Industrial Zone, Shanxia Community, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

14,702 m 2 /

158,251 ft 2

  Manufacturing   December 31, 2021
             
Building A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renming Road, Danhu Community, Guanglan Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

9,460 m 2 /

101,826 ft 2

  Manufacturing   September 15, 2017
             
Building A,Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renming Road, Danhu Community, Guanglan Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

4,140 m 2 /

44,562 ft 2

  Staff Dormitory   September 15, 2017
             
Guanlan Hi-tech Park, South Road around Guanlan, Guanglan Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong  

9,348 m 2 /

100,621 ft 2

  Manufacturing & Dormitory   June 30, 2019

 

In China, only the PRC government and peasant collectives may own land. In February 2007, the Company acquired approximately 126,605 square meters (31 acres) of land equity in Huizhou, Guangdong province, China for a total of RMB21 million ($3,089,739) under a land use right grant from the Huizhou State-Owned Land Resource Bureau that gave us the right to use the land for 50 years and an agreement with the government of Maan Town. In the event we wish to continue to use the land after the 50-year period, we must apply for an extension at least one year prior to the land grant’s expiration.

 

Our rights with respect to the land use right grant permit us to develop the land and construct buildings for industrial applications. We have the right to transfer or rent the land and use it as collateral for our loans.

 

In February 2012, we acquired 58,669 square meters (14.5 acres) of land equity in Ganzhou, Jiangxi province, China for a total of RMB8,377,067 ($1,205,368) under a land use right grant from the Ganzhou Land and Resource Bureau that gives us the right to use the land for 50 years. Our rights with respect to the land use right grant permit us to develop the land and construct buildings for industrial applications. We have the right to transfer or rent the land and use it as collateral for our loans.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

On January 14, 2016, FirsTrust China, Ltd (“FirsTrust”) filed an amended complaint in the Delaware Chancery Court (amending its initial complaint filed February 25, 2015) naming Highpower as the defendant asserting a cause of action for breach of contract and conversion of stock, and seeking damages in the form of issuance of 150,000 shares or the value of such shares, plus interest thereon, attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses. On February 4, 2016, Highpower filed an answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaim against FirsTrust asserting claims for equitable rescission, declaratory relief and breach of contract, and seeking rescission of the contract, return of the 200,000 warrants and 150,000 shares of Highpower stock previously issued to FirsTrust, plus interest, attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses. On January 24, 2017, the court denied FirsTrust’s motion for judgment on the pleadings. The parties are continuing with pre-trial discovery, as well as settlement discussions. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and counterclaims and intends to defend and prosecute them vigorously.

 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

24  

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, R ELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the stock symbol “HPJ”.

 

The following table summarizes the highest and lowest sales prices of our common stock during the quarters listed below as reported by the NASDAQ:

 

    Highest     Lowest  
Year ended December 31, 2016                
First Quarter   $ 3.12     $ 1.65  
Second Quarter   $ 3.07     $ 1.65  
Third Quarter   $ 3.64     $ 1.78  
Fourth Quarter   $ 3.14     $ 2.25  
                 
Year ended December 31, 2015                
First Quarter   $ 6.49     $ 3.68  
Second Quarter   $ 5.00     $ 3.78  
Third Quarter   $ 3.88     $ 2.01  
Fourth Quarter   $ 3.64     $ 2.11  

 

The stock market in general has experienced extreme stock price fluctuations in the past few years. In some cases, these fluctuations have been unrelated to the operating performance of the affected companies. Many companies have experienced dramatic volatility in the market prices of their common stock. We believe that a number of factors, both within and outside our control, could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. Factors such as the following could have a significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock:

 

· Our financial position and results of operations;

 

· Our ability to obtain additional financing and, if available, the terms and conditions of the financing;

 

· Concern as to, or other evidence of, the reliability and efficiency of our proposed products or our competitors’ products;

 

· Announcements of innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

 

· Federal and state governmental regulatory actions and the impact of such requirements on our business;

 

· The development of litigation against us;

 

· Period-to-period fluctuations in our operating results;

 

· Changes in estimates of our performance by any securities analysts;

 

· The issuance of new equity securities pursuant to a future offering or acquisition;

 

· Changes in interest rates;

 

25  

 

 

· Competitive developments, including announcements by competitors of new products or significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

· Investor perceptions of our company; and

 

· General economic and other national conditions.

 

Stockholders

 

As of March 28, 2017, we had 20 stockholders of record. This number does not include an indeterminate number of stockholders whose shares are held by brokers in street name.

 

Dividends

 

We do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and we currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business. The decision whether to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors, at its discretion, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that the board of directors considers significant.

 

We did not pay cash dividends in the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Our equity compensation plan information is provided as set forth in Part III, Item 11 herein.

 

Additional Information

 

Copies of our annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports, and any amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on the Internet at www.sec.gov. All statements made in any of our filings, including all forward-looking statements, are made as of the date of the document, in which the statement is included, and we do not assume or undertake any obligation to update any of those statements or documents unless we are required to do so by law.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Not applicable for a smaller reporting company.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s historical results of operations and liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein. The following discussion and analysis also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. See “Forward Looking Statements” that precedes Item 1 above on page ii.

 

Overview

 

In 2016, despite the negative foreign exchange rate translation impact, Highpower’s overall revenue increased 18.9% compared to 2015. The main driver was our lithium battery business, which increased by $33.5 million, or 43%, in 2016 compared to 2015. In particular, our lithium battery business increased by 84% in the second half year of 2016 compared to the same period in 2015. Considering the booming demand in China xEV market, the increasing demand from power storage system, smart wearable, smart phone, notebook, as well as our product reputation, we believe our lithium battery business growth is in the fast track for coming years.

 

Ni-MH revenue was slightly down in 2016 compared to 2015, which was in line with the whole industry trend.

 

26  

 

 

Though we believe that our recycling business future prospect is good, this business still experienced a loss in 2016. Considering the technology and market difference between the recycling and battery businesses, we may consider engaging a leading company in China that specializes in this area as a strategic partner for GZ Highpower.

 

In 2016, net income attributable to the Company increased 58.7% compared to 2015. With our business scale expanding and our continuous labor efficiency improvement, we expect the company to improve its profitability in the next several years.

 

The main challenge for us in 2017 will be price fluctuation in the raw materials used in our products. Due to the fast growth of the lithium battery industry, some key raw material price, especially cobalt, may increase significantly. Though we maintain a strong and cost competitive supply chain, we believe it is critical that we balance the selling price and our customer’s expectation.

 

Yipeng Equity Acquisition

 

On April 1, 2016, the Company entered into an investment agreement with Yipeng, whereby the Company acquired 5% equity interest of Yipeng for RMB5,000,000 ($719,445). On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase and Supplementary Agreements with Yipeng and its shareholders (collectively, the “Equity Purchase Agreement”). Yipeng is an EV power battery system solutions provider specializing in the PHEV and E-bus market in China. We believe that the combined resources with Yipeng will allow the Company to expand more rapidly in the PHEV and EV power battery market in China and help extend our industrial chain. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Equity Purchase Agreement, the Company will purchase up to 50% of Yipeng’s equity for an aggregate of RMB114.75 million, or $16.5 million, consisting of $5.0 million in cash and $11.5 million of power battery equipment.

 

During 2016, the Company invested an aggregate of $9.4 million, approximately $2.9 million of cash and $6.5 million of equipment, in exchange for 35.4% of the equity interest of Yipeng. We may acquire an additional 14.6% of Yipeng, resulting in a 50% ownership, in exchange for approximately $2.8 million in cash and transfer equipment worth approximately $5.0 million subject to the condition that Yipeng has been approved to be listed in the catalogue of Industrial Standards of Auto Mobile Power Battery Cell. The listing in the catalogue was originally scheduled to occur by November 5, 2016 but it was not achieved and, therefore, remains pending. The Company also has the right to purchase in the future an additional 1% of the shares from Yipeng’s founding shareholders at a price of approximately $0.4 million, which would result in an aggregate equity ownership of 51% of Yipeng.

 

Under the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, Yipeng agreed that the Company will be its preferred supplier for lithium-ion batteries. If Yipeng fails to achieve 90% of its projected net profit for 2016, 2017 or 2018, then Yipeng’s founding shareholders will make up the difference through a payment of cash or transfer of equivalent equity to all of Yipeng’s shareholders. If Yipeng achieves 100% to 110% of its projected net profit for 2016, 2017 or 2018, then the 10% of the excess profit will be awarded to Yipeng’s founding shareholders and operating management team. Furthermore, Yipeng agreed to enter into a non-compete agreement with its battery management systems supplier, which is controlled by an existing shareholder of Yipeng, providing that the supplier will agree not to conduct a PACK business, which is the assembly of batteries into a battery management system, including a cooling system, or sell its products to certain of Yipeng’s competitors.

 

Under the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, we have a right of first refusal and co-sale right on sales of shares by equity holders of Yipeng, and pre-emptive and anti-dilution rights on additional equity issuances by Yipeng. Highpower’s shares also have a contractual liquidation preference and, under certain circumstances, a right to put the shares to the Yipeng founding equity holders. Highpower’s repurchase rights may be exercised as a result of certain events, such as certain financial losses by Yipeng or Yipeng’s failure to be approved for listing in the Catalogue. Highpower has veto rights over material actions, such as amendments to Yipeng’s charter documents, change in organizational structure and management personnel, loans, commitments exceeding approximately $150,000, and mergers, acquisitions and asset sales. Highpower will also appoint three members to a five member board of directors of Yipeng. Other than the Company’s direct equity ownership of Yipeng, no executive officer or director of the Company, or their immediately family members, have a direct or indirect material interest in the arrangements with Yipeng.

 

Yipeng has been a customer of Highpower since 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2016, Yipeng purchased a total of approximately $11.0 million, or 6.3% of net sales, of products from the Company. As of December 31, 2016, amount due from Yipeng totaled approximately $7.5 million, which consisted of accounts receivable and the difference between the transfer of equipment and the capital injection. As of December 31, 2016, amount due to Yipeng totaled approximately $1.5 million, which consisted of services related to technical support and equipment rental fees. For further information, see Note 10 Long-term investment and Note 25 Related party balance and transaction in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Assumptions

 

The SEC defines critical accounting policies as those that are, in management's view, most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and those that require significant judgments and estimates.

 

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, actuarial valuations and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex and, consequently, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While for any given estimate or assumption made by our management there may be other estimates or assumptions that are reasonable, we believe that, given the current facts and circumstances, it is unlikely that applying any such other reasonable estimate or assumption would materially impact the financial statements. The accounting principles we utilized in preparing our consolidated financial statements conform in all material respects to U.S GAAP.

 

Use of Estimates . The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the allowance for doubtful receivables; recoverability of the carrying amount of inventory; fair value of financial instruments; and the assessment of deferred tax assets or liabilities. These estimates are often based on complex judgments and assumptions that management believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Accounts Receivable . Accounts receivable are stated at original amount less an allowance made for doubtful receivables, if any, based on a review of all outstanding amounts at the period end. An allowance is also made when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The Company analyzes the aging of the customer accounts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in its customer payment patterns when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product has occurred, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customers and collectability of the receivable is reasonably assured. The majority of domestic sales contracts transfer title and risk of loss to customers upon receipt. The majority of oversea sales contracts transfer title and risk of loss to customers when goods were delivered to the carriers. Revenue is presented net of sales tax and value added tax.

 

The Company does not have arrangements for returns from customers and does not have any future obligations directly or indirectly related to product resale by customers. The Company has no sales incentive programs.

 

Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Costs are determined on a weighted average method. Inventories include raw materials, packing materials, work-in-progress, consumables and finished goods. The variable production overhead is allocated to each unit of production on the basis of the actual use of the production facilities. The allocation of fixed production overhead to the costs of conversion is based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.

 

Where there is evidence that the utility of inventories, in their disposal in the ordinary course of business, will be less than cost, whether due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes, the inventories are written down to fair value.

 

Income Taxes . The Company recognizes deferred assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

28  

 

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions. Highpower International’s functional currency is the US$. HKHTC's functional currency is the Hong Kong dollar ("HK$"). The functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC is the RMB

 

At the date a foreign currency transaction is recognized, each asset, liability, revenue, expense, gain, or loss arising from the transaction is measured initially in the functional currency of the recording entity by use of the exchange rate in effect at that date. The increase or decrease in expected functional currency cash flows upon settlement of a transaction resulting from a change in exchange rates between the functional currency and the currency in which the transaction is denominated is recognized as foreign currency transaction gain or loss that is included in earnings for the period in which the exchange rate changes. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances that are denominated in a foreign currency are adjusted to reflect the current exchange rate.

 

The Company’s reporting currency is the US$. Assets and liabilities of HKHTC and the PRC subsidiaries are translated at the current exchange rate at the balance sheet dates, revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the reporting periods, and equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income.

 

29  

 

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, both in US$ and as a percentage of net sales.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands)
  For the years Ended December 31,  
    2016           2015        
Net Sales     173,851       100 %     146,181       100.0 %
Cost of Sales     (135,769 )     (78.1 )%     (118,235 )     (80.9 )%
Gross profit     38,082       21.9 %     27,946       19.1 %
                                 
Research and development expenses     (9,244 )     (5.3 )%     (7,631 )     (5.2 )%
Selling and distribution expenses     (6,888 )     (4.0 )%     (6,729 )     (4.6 )%
General and administrative expenses     (18,186 )     (10.4 )%     (12,895 )     (8.8 )%
Foreign currency transaction gain     1,959       1.1 %     2,474       1.7 %
Income from operations     5,723       3.3 %     3,165       2.2 %
                                 
Gain on fair value of warrant liability     140       0.1 %     927       0.6 %
Other income     2,272       1.3 %     1,189       0.8 %
Equity in earnings of investee     352       0.2 %     -       -  
Interest expenses     (1,420 )     (0.8 )%     (1,002 )     (0.7 )%
Income before tax     7,067       4.1 %     4,279       2.9 %
                                 
Income tax expense     (1,439 )     (0.9 )%     (819 )     (0.6 )%
Net income     5,628       3.2 %     3,460       2.4 %
                                 
Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (490 )     (0.3 )%     (394 )     (0.3 )%
Net income attributable to the company     6,118       3.5 %     3,854       2.6 %

 

30  

 

 

Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $173.9 million compared to $146.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $27.7 million, or 18.9%. The increase was mainly due to a $33.5 million increase in net sales of our lithium batteries. The increase in the number of lithium batteries units sold in 2016 was primarily attributable to the substantial growth in electrical vehicles, smart wearable devices, digital products and handheld devices such as smart phone, tablet and notebook.

 

Cost of sales mainly consists of nickel, cobalt, lithium derived materials, labor, and overhead. Cost of sales were $135.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $118.2 million for the comparable period in 2015. The increase was mainly due to the increase in volume of sales of our lithium batteries offset by reduction in material purchase cost for the Lithium and Ni-MH Batteries and improvement in our labor efficiency.

 

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $38.1 million, or 21.9% of net sales, compared to $27.9 million, or 19.1% of net sales, respectively, for the comparable period in 2015. This increase was attributed to the reduction in the material purchase cost for the Lithium and Ni-MH Batteries and improvement in our labor efficiency.

 

Research and development expenses were $9.2 million, or 5.3% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $7.6 million, or 5.2% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2015, an increase of 21.1%. This increase was primarily due to more research and development on Lithium battery technology.

 

Selling and distribution expenses were $6.9 million, or 4.0% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $6.7 million, or 4.6% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2015. The decrease of percent of net sales was attributable to our optimization of our customer base.

 

General and administrative expenses were $18.2 million, or 10.4% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $12.9 million, or 8.8% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2015. This increase was primarily due to the increases of salary and performance bonuses awarded to employees, impairment loss of machinery and equipment and allowance for doubtful accounts, amounted to $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

 

We experienced a gain of $2.0 million and $2.5 million on the foreign currency transaction between the US$ and the RMB in the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The gain on the foreign currency transaction was due to the depreciation of the RMB relative to the US$ over the respective periods.

 

Interest expense was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $1.0 million for the respective comparable period in 2015. The change was mainly due to an increase in short-term bank loans.

 

Other income, which consists of bank interest income, government grants and sundry income, was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $1.1 million. This increase was attributable to the increase of government subsidies.

 

Equity in earnings of investee, which represents a gain from a related party (Yipeng), was approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Gain on fair value change of warrant liabilities was $140,290 for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $927,125 for the year ended December 31, 2015. It represented the fair value change of 500,001 shares of warrants issued on April 17, 2014.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a provision for income tax expense of $1.4 million as compared to $0.8 million for the comparable period in 2015.

 

Net income attributable to the Company (excluding net loss attributable to non-controlling interest) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $6.1 million compared to net income attributable to the Company (excluding net loss attributable to non-controlling interest) of $3.9 million for the comparable period in 2015.

 

31  

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We had cash of approximately $9.3 million as of December 31, 2016, as compared to $5.8 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

To provide liquidity and flexibility in funding our operations, we borrow amounts under bank facilities and other external sources of financing. As of December 31, 2016, we had in place general banking facilities with seven financial institutions aggregating $60.4 million. The maturities of these facilities vary from 2017 to 2019. The facilities are subject to annual review and approval. Certain of these banking facilities are guaranteed by our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, and contain customary affirmative and negative covenants for secured credit facilities of this type. Interest rates are generally based on the banks’ reference lending rates. No significant commitment fees are required to be paid for the banking facilities. As of December 31, 2016, we had utilized approximately $38.3 million under such general credit facilities and had available unused credit facilities of $22.1 million. The Company’s debt asset ratio reached 72.3% as of December 31, 2016, which increased by 4.2% as compared to a debt asset ratio of 68.1% as of December 31, 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $4.8 million, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $0.3 million for the comparable period in 2015. The net cash increase of $4.5 million provided by operating activities is primarily attributable to an increase of $14.5 million in cash inflow from accounts payable, an increase of $8.4 million in cash outflow from accounts receivable, an increase of $7.5 million in cash outflow from amount due from Yipeng and an increase of $4.7 million in cash inflow from other payables and accrued liabilities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $11.3 million for the comparable period in 2015.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $4.5 million for the comparable period in 2015. The net increase of $5.6 million cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.2 million in cash inflow proceeds from short-term bank loans, an increase of $4.5 million in cash inflow proceeds from non-financial institution borrowings, an increase of $0.6 million in cash outflow from repayment of non-financial institution borrowings, a decrease of 3.6 million in cash inflow proceeds from notes payable, a decrease of 3.4 million in cash outflow from repayment of notes payable and an increase of $3.3 million in cash outflow from restricted cash.

 

For fiscal year 2016 and 2015, our inventory turnover was 6.6 and 5.7 times, respectively. The average days outstanding of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 was 85 days, as compared to 84 days at December 31, 2015. Inventory turnover and average days outstanding of accounts receivables are key operating measures that management relies on to monitor our business. 

 

The accounts receivable and inventory turnover ratios have critical influence on the working capital. We provide our major customers with payment terms ranging from 30 to 90 days. Additionally, our production lead time is approximately 30 to 40 days, from the inspection of incoming materials, to production, testing and packaging. We need to keep a large supply of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods inventory on hand to ensure timely delivery of our products to customers. We use two methods to support our working capital needs: (i) paying our suppliers under payment terms ranging from 60 to 120 days; and (ii) using short-term bank loans. Upon receiving payment for our accounts receivable, we pay our short-term loans. Our working capital management practices are designed to ensure that we maintain sufficient working capital.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet debt, nor do we have any transactions, arrangements or relationships with any special purpose entities.

 

32  

 

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Credit Risk

 

We are exposed to credit risk from our cash at bank, fixed deposits and accounts receivable. The credit risk on cash at bank and fixed deposits is limited because the counterparts are recognized financial institutions. Accounts receivable are subject to credit evaluations. We periodically record a provision for doubtful collections based on an evaluation of the collectability of accounts receivable by assessing, among other factors, the customer’s willingness or ability to pay, repayment history, general economic conditions and our ongoing relationship with the customers.

 

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk  

 

Though the reporting currency is the US$, the Company maintains its financial records in the functional currency of Renminbi (“RMB”). Substantially all of our operations are conducted in the PRC and we pay the majority of our expenses in RMB. Approximately 41% of our sales are made in US$. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the exchange rate of the RMB to the US$ depreciated approximately 6.9% from the level at the end of December 31, 2015. Appreciation of the RMB against the US$ would increase our costs when translated into US$ and could adversely affect our margins unless we make sufficient offsetting sales. Exchange rate fluctuations may also affect the value, in US$ terms, of our net assets. In addition, the RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currency and all foreign exchange transactions must take place through authorized institutions. Due to the volatility of the US$ to our functional currency, the Company may consider place a purchasing forward exchange contracts to attempt to protect it from significant changes to the US$ which affects the value of its US$ receivables and sales.

 

Country Risk

 

The substantial portion of our business, assets and operations are located and conducted in China Mainland. While the economy has experienced significant growth in the past twenty years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of China Mainland, but may also have a negative effect on Highpower International. For example, Highpower International’s operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations applicable to Highpower International. If there are any changes in any policies by the Chinese government and Highpower International’s business is negatively affected as a result, then Highpower International’s financial results, including our ability to generate revenues and profits, will also be negatively affected.

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The information required by this Item 8 is incorporated in this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

 

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed and adopted by management to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is properly recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that all necessary information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

33  

 

 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  · Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

  · Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

  · Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use of disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Tread way Commission (COSO) in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that as of December 31, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no significant changes (including corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies) in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2016, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

Basic Credit Line Contract between SZ Springpower and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

On October 28, 2016, SZ Springpower entered into a comprehensive credit line contract with Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch, which provides for a revolving line of credit of a maximum outstanding of RMB50,000,000 (US$7,194,452). Up to RMB20,000,000 (US$2,877,781) may be used for a working capital, and up to RMB50,000,000 (US$7,194,452) may be used for bank acceptance or for letter of credit, although the maximum amount that the company may have outstanding under the facility at any given time is RMB50 million. SZ Springpower may withdraw the loan, from time to time as needed, but must make a specific drawdown application on or before October 28, 2017, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facilities. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The used facility was US$ 4,784,570 as of December 31, 2016 which was used for bank acceptance.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan contract: any information provided by or representation or warranty made by SZ Springpower proves to have been untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading; a deterioration or obvious weakening of SZ Springpower’s credit standing or ability to repay the loan; a cross default under certain agreements involving SZ Springpower or a guarantor, or their affiliated related parties; SZ Springpower’s violation of any obligations in an affiliated specific credit line contract; SZ Springpower’s failure to timely repay the principal, interest and fees under the contract and any specific contract; SZ Springpower’s suspension of payment, or failure or indication that it is unable to repay, the debt due; SZ Springpower’s termination of its business, liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution, or revocation or cancellation of it business permit ; SZ Springpower’s involvement in a major business dispute or deteriorated financial situation; or the emergence of any other situation that endanger, damage, or may endanger, damage the bank’s rights and benefits.

 

34  

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the CCL Agreement, the bank may: temporarily suspend or permanently terminate SZ Springpower’s credit limit in whole or in part; announce the immediate expiration of all or part of the debts under the contract; terminate the contract and declare all amounts outstanding under the contract immediately due and payable; request overdue interest from SZ Springpower caused by the default; request penalty interest; or request compensation in full from SZ Springpower for the breach.

 

Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract between SZ Highpower and China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

 

On November 1, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a comprehensive credit line contract with China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, which provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB15,000,000 (US$2,158,335). The amount may be used for bank acceptance and bank guarantee, although the maximum amount that the company may have outstanding under the facility at any given time is RMB15 million. SZ Highpower may withdraw from each loan, from time to time as needed, but must make a specific drawdown application on or before November 1, 2017, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facilities. The loan is guaranteed by HZ HTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The line of credit required 40% of deposit, which is not included in the contract amount, and totaled amount up to RMB 25,000,000 (US$ 3,597,226). The used facility was US$ 3,309,448 as of December 31, 2016 which was used for bank acceptance.

 

The following constitute events of default by SZ Highpower under the loan agreement: the occurrence of significant business difficulties or adverse changes on the financial conditions of SZ Highpower; an adverse change in the SZ Highpower’s business market; any major adjustment of relevant national policies; SZ Highpower violates any other contract or agreement concluded with others, or any commitment or warranty unilaterally made by SZ Highpower, which constitutes breach of other debts or other debts have been or may be announced acceleration by other creditor; the guarantor’s guarantee capacity becomes obviously insufficient, or the guarantor violates the guarantee contract or any obligation specified in the commitments made by the guarantor; any pledged or mortgaged property is damaged or value is obviously decreased, and SZ Highpower fails to provide a new guarantee as required by the bank; SZ Highpower indicates directly or by its conduct that it will not perform its obligations under the contract or other specified contracts with the bank; SZ Highpower’s providing false information or withholding of important financial facts (including balance sheet, profit and loss statement and other important materials), or refusal to accept the bank’s supervision of the use of the loan and the company’s operational and financial activities; SZ Highpower transfers its assets, withdraws funds, evades debts or has any other behavior which damages the bank’s rights and interest; SZ Highpower’s suffering major change in financial conditions, or involving in litigation, arbitration, administrative punishment or other judicial administrative proceedings, which may have adverse impact the execution of the contract; or any adversely affect SZ Highpower’s ability to perform its obligations under the loan facility.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the CCL Agreement, the bank may adjust or cancel a credit line, and demand SZ Highpower to prepay all the borrowings having been withdrawn under the contract.

 

Working Capital Loan Contract between SZ Highpower and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch

 

On November 16, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of RMB10,000,000 ($1,438,890) to be used by SZ Highpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. SZ Highpower must withdraw in 30 days from November 16, 2016, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facility. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.92% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Huizhou also serve as collateral for the loan. The balance of loan was US$1,438,890 as of December 31, 2016.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan contracts: failure to comply with repayment obligations under the agreement or any affiliated credit lines contract; failure to use borrowed funds according to the specified purposes; any statement made by SZ Highpower in the agreement is untrue or in violation of any commitments in the loan agreement or affiliated loan contracts; failure to provide an additional guarantor as required by the loan agreement; significant business difficulties or risks, deteriorated financial losses or losses of assets, or other financial crisis; breach of covenants in other credit agreements with the bank or affiliated institutions of the bank; any guarantor breaches a contract or defaults under any agreement with the bank or affiliated institutions of the bank; termination of its business or engagement due to any wind-up, cancellation or bankruptcy issues; involvement or potential involvement in significant economic disputes, litigation, arbitration or assets seizure or confiscation, or its involvement in other judicial proceedings or administrative punishment proceedings that have affected or may affect its capacity to perform its obligations under the affiliated specific credit line contract; an abnormal change in any major individual investor or key management member of SZ Highpower or such a person or entity’s becoming subject to investigation or restriction by the judiciary, which have or may affect SZ Highpower’s performance of obligation under affiliated specific credit line contract; Bank of China’s discovery of any situation that may affect the financial position or performance capacities of SZ Highpower or a guarantor after the bank’s annual review of SZ Highpower’s financial position and performance; failure to provide the relevant documentation acceptable to Bank of China about the inflows and outflows of large-sum and abnormal capital in capital recovery account; or being in violation of other rights and obligations under the affiliated specific credit line contract.

 

35  

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: request SZ Highpower or any guarantor to rectify the event of default within a specified time period; reduce, temporarily suspend or permanently terminate SZ Highpower’s credit limit in whole or in part; temporarily suspend or permanently terminate in part or in whole SZ Highpower’s application for specific credit line under the agreement; announce the immediate expiration of all the credit lines granted under the affiliated specific credit line contract as well as other contracts; terminate or release the contract, terminate or release in part or in whole any of the affiliated specific credit line contract as well as the other contracts executed between SZ Highpower and the bank; require compensation from SZ Highpower on the losses thereafter caused; hold SZ Highpower’s deposit account at the bank in custody for repayment of amounts due under the contract; exercise the real rights for security; request repayment from a guarantor; or take any other procedures deemed necessary by the bank.

 

Working Capital Loan Contract between SZ Highpower and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch

 

On December 22, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch, providing for an aggregate loan of RMB20,000,000 ($2,877,781) to be used for current funds for production and operations by SZ Highpower. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. SZ Highpower must withdraw the loan before September 9, 2017, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facility. The interest rate is 4.35%. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower, HKHTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The contract was under the line of credit contract signed on July 1, 2016. There was no balance as of December 31, 2016.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan agreement: failure to repay principal, interest, and other payables in accordance with the provisions specified in this contract, or failure to fulfill any other obligations in this contract, or contrary to the statements, guarantee and commitments in this contract; the guarantees in this contract have adversely changed to the Lender’s loan, and SZ Highpower is not available to provide other guarantees approved by the lender, failure to pay off any other debts due by SZ Highpower, or failure to fulfill or breach other obligations in this contract, or likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract; the financial performance of the profitability, debt payment ability, operating capacity and cash flow of the Borrower exceed the agreed standards, or deterioration has been or may affect the obligations in this contract; SZ Highpower’s ownership structure, operation, external investment has changed adversely, which have affected or may affect the fulfillment of the obligations in this contract; SZ Highpower involves or may involve significant economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or asset seizure, detention or enforcement, or judicial or administrative authorities for investigation or take disciplinary measures in accordance with the laws, or illegal with relevant state regulations or policies in accordance with the laws, or exposure by media, which have affected or may affect the fulfillment of the obligations in this contract; SZ Highpower’s principal individual investors, key management officer’s change, disappearances or restriction of personal liberty, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract; borrower using false contracts with related parties, using no actual transaction to extract the lender’s funds or credit, or evasion of lender’s loan right through related party transactions; having been or may be out of business, dissolution, liquidation, business reorganizations, business license has been revoked or bankruptcy; breaches food safety, production safety, environmental protection and other environmental and social risk management related laws and regulations, regulatory requirements or industry standards, resulting in accidents, major environmental and social risk events, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract; in this contract, SZ Highpower's credit rating, level of profitability, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow of operating and other indicators do not meet the credit conditions of the lender; or without the lender’s written contract, pledges guarantee or provides assurance guarantees to other party, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract; other adverse situations may affect in the realization of loan right in this contract.

 

36  

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: request SZ Highpower remedy the event of default within a specified time period; cancel or terminate SZ Highpower’s unused portion of the credit line and other financing arrangements in whole or in part; declare all amounts outstanding under the contract immediately due and payable; require SZ Highpower to compensate the bank for losses it incurs as a result of the event of default; or other measures permitted under applicable law or other necessary measures.

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract between SZ Highpower and China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch

Comprehensive Credit Contract between SZ Springpower and China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch

 

On December 28, 2016, each of SZ Highpower and SZ Springpower entered into a comprehensive credit line contract with China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch. SZ Highpower’s loan agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB30,000,000 (US$4,316,671) and SZ Springpower’s loan agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB20,000,000 (US$2,877,781). Each borrower may withdraw its loan, from time to time as needed, but must make a specific drawdown application on or before December 27, 2017, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facilities. SZ Highpower’s loan is guaranteed by our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan, SZ Springpower, HZ HTC, and ICON. SZ Springpower’s loan is guaranteed by Dang Yu Pan, SZ Highpower, HZ HTC and ICON. There was no balance as of December 31, 2016.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan contracts: a significant monetary policy change in the PRC; a severe financial risk occurs or is likely to occur in borrower’s location; a significant change in borrower’s business market; the borrower has experienced or will encounter major operational difficulties or risks; a significant change in borrower’s corporate structure, such as a merger, acquisition, reorganization, separation, amalgamation or termination, which the bank believes might affect its ability to collect on the loan; the borrower’s refusal to accept the bank’s supervision and inspection of the use of loan funds and borrower’s operational and financial activities; borrower’s change in the use of the loan proceeds without the prior consent of the bank, or misappropriation of loan funds, or engagement in illegal or irregular transactions; the borrower’s providing of false materials or withholding of important financial or operational facts; the borrower’s transfer of assets, retrieval of capital, denial of indebtedness; the borrower’s being considered a “group account” according to the “Commercial Bank Group Guidelines for Customer Credit Risk Management Business,” or other relevant laws and regulations through related party transactions; the borrower’s violation of the contractual commitments stipulated in the contract; a guarantor is in critical shortage of working capital or encounters a major operational difficulty, which negatively affects the guarantor’s ability to guaranty the loan; any pledged object is damaged or lost, which jeopardizes the security and rights of the bank; the emergence of any other circumstance that the bank determines may affect the bank’s ability to collect on the loan or harm the bank’s rights and benefits; the borrower’s failure to perform any obligations in a specific business contract.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: adjust the maximum amount of the line of credit, any specific line of credit and the effective period for credit extension and/or cancel the comprehensive contract, terminate the unused portion of the credit line.

 

37  

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The following individuals constitute our board of directors (our "Board") and executive management:

 

Name   Age   Position
Dang Yu Pan   49   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Wen Liang Li   51   Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Director
Wen Wei Ma   47   Vice President of Manufacturing
Sunny Pan   40   Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
Xin Hai Li   54   Director
T. Joseph Fisher, III     64   Director
Ping Li   51   Director

 

Dang Yu Pan has been the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive officer of Highpower International and HKHTC since November 2007 and July 2003, respectively. Mr. Pan is the founder of SZ Highpower and has served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of SZ Highpower since October 2002. Mr. Pan has served as a director ICON since February 2011; as a director and Chief Executive Officer of SZ Springpower since June 2008; and as a director of HZ HTC since March 2012. From May 2001 to October 2002, Mr. Pan was the General Manager and Chairman of the Board of Guangzhou Haopeng Technology Co., Ltd. From January 1997 to July 2000, Mr. Pan was the Vice General Manager of NanhaiShida Battery Co., Ltd. From January 1995 to December 1996, Mr. Pan served as a director of the Huangpu Aluminum Factory. Additionally, from August 1990 to December 1994, Mr. Pan worked in the sales department of the Guangzhou Aluminum Products Factory. Mr. Pan received a bachelor’s degree in metallurgical engineering from Central South University in China in 1990. We believe Mr. Pan’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his extensive understanding of our business, our products and the battery industry that he has acquired over his 20 years working in the battery industry, including over 15 years as an officer and director of SZ Highpower.

 

Wen Liang Li has been a director of Highpower International since November 2007 and a director of HKHTC since July 2003. Since January 2003, Mr. Li. has served as a director and as Vice General Manager and Chief Technology Officer of SZ Highpower. Mr. Li has served as a director of SZ Springpower since June 2008, as a director of HZ HTC since March 2012 and as a director of Shenzhen Highpower’s 70%-owned subsidiary, Ganzhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd (“GZ Highpower”), since September 2010. From January 1996 to December 2002, Mr. Li served as Vice General Manager of Zhuhai Taiyi Battery Co., Ltd., a battery manufacturer. Mr. Li received a master’s degree in Electrochemistry from the Harbin Institute of Technology in China in 1991. We believe that Mr. Li’s 25 years of work experience in the battery industry, including 15 years as an officer and director of SZ Highpower, well qualify Mr. Li to serve on our Board.

 

Wen Wei Ma has served as the Company’s Vice President of Manufacturing since November 2007 and as a director of HKHTC since July 2003. Mr. Ma has served as a director and as a Vice General Manager of Manufacturing and Chief Technology Officer of SZ Highpower since October 2002. Mr. Ma received a diploma in chemistry analysis from the Guangzhou Trade School of Light Industry in China in 1989.

 

Sunny Pan has served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company since August, 2016. On February 12, 2017, the Company appointed Sunny Pan as its Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Pan joined the Company in January 2015 as its Finance Controller. Since January 2016, Mr. Pan has been General Manager of HZ HTC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SZ Highpower. Mr. Pan has over 20 years' experience in finance and IT management positions with several multi-national companies. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pan held positions with subsidiaries of Philips in China. From December 2013 to December 2014, Mr. Pan was Finance Controller and a director at Philips Luminaire Manufacturing (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Finance Controller, managing director and legal representative at Philips Luminaire Manufacturing (Ningbo) Co., Ltd. and, from January 2011 to December 2013 he was Finance Controller at Philips Domestic Appliance & Personal Care Co., Ltd., Zhuhai. He has ACCA (UK) and CICPA (China) qualifications, and has extensive experience in OX IFRS/China GAAP/US GAAP. Mr. Pan received a B.S. in International Accounting from Shanxi Financial & Economical Institution in China in 1996, and an MBA from New York Institute of Technology.

 

38  

 

 

Xin Hai Li has served as a director of the Company since January 2008. Since 1990, Mr. Li has served as a director and professor at the China Central South University Metallurgical Science and Engineering School in China. Mr. Li received a PhD in Physical Chemistry of Metallurgy from China Central South University in August 1990. We believe that Mr. Li’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his extensive understanding of our business and his understanding of U.S. GAAP and financial statements.

 

T. Joseph Fisher III has served as a director of the Company since April 2011. He currently is Vice President - Global Commercial Sales for A123 Systems, LLC since July 2014. He previously served as the CEO and President of Valence Technology, Inc. from November 2012 until June 2014, and since July 2012 has been a director of Valence, which exited a chapter 11 bankruptcy in November 2013, and went private in December 2013. Prior to joining Valence, Mr. Fisher was the CEO and President of Contour Energy Systems, a spin out from Caltech, specializing in the development and commercialization of customizable battery technologies, from February 2008 to January 2012. He also is President and Founder of JCF International, LLC, an advisory and consulting firm for portable power companies. Mr. Fisher was employed for 33 years at the Energizer battery group, where he had held numerous senior management positions including Vice President - Global Rechargeable Battery Business Unit from April 2001 to May 2007, Vice President and General Manager - Energizer Power Systems, Vice President - Business Development, General Manager - Miniature Batteries, as well as holding several international management assignments in Europe, Argentina and South Africa. He also worked for Xerox, General Electric and Union Carbide earlier in his career. Mr. Fisher received a B.S. in Industrial Management from the University of Cincinnati in 1975, and an MBA in 1977 from the West Virginia College of Graduate Studies, now a part of Marshall University. We believe that Mr. Fisher’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his extensive understanding of our business and over 30 years of experience in the battery industry, as well as his knowledge of U.S. GAAP and financial statements.

 

Ping Li has served as a director of the Company since January 2008. Since November 2008, Mr. Li has served as Director at Intel Capital, focusing on Intel’s investment activities in China. From July 2003 to October 2008, Mr. Li served as the Managing Director of Investment at China Vest, a venture capital firm. From February 2002 to July 2003, Mr. Li served as Chief Financial Officer of Great Wall Technology Co., Ltd., an investment technology company. Mr. Li received a master’s degree in biology from Columbia University in 1989 and an MBA in finance in 1994 from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Li’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his knowledge of the capital markets and his experience, expertise and background with respect to accounting matters, including his experience as a chief financial officer and familiarity with U.S. GAAP and financial statements.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among any of the officers and directors.

 

Director Independence

 

Subject to certain exceptions, under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC, a listed company’s board of directors must consist of a majority of independent directors. Currently, our board of directors has determined that each of the non-management directors, Xin Hai Li, T. Joseph Fisher, III and Ping Li, is an “independent” director as defined by the listing standards of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules currently in effect and approved by the SEC and all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. All members of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees satisfy the “independence” standards applicable to members of each such committee. The board of directors made this affirmative determination regarding these directors’ independence based on discussion with the directors and on its review of the directors’ responses to a standard questionnaire regarding employment and compensation history; affiliations, family and other relationships; and transactions with the Company. The board of directors considered relationships and transactions between each director or any member of his immediate family and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The purpose of the board of director’s review with respect to each director was to determine whether any such relationships or transactions were inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

 

Board Committees

 

Our Board has three standing committees – an Audit Committee, established in accordance with section 3(a) (58(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), as amended (our "Audit Committee"), a Compensation Committee (our "Compensation Committee"), and a Nominating Committee (our "Nominating Committee").

 

39  

 

 

Audit Committee

 

We established our Audit Committee in January 2008. The Audit Committee consists of Xin Hai Li, T. Joseph Fisher, III and Ping Li, each of whom is an independent director. Mr. Ping Li, Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to represent and assist our Board in its general oversight of our accounting and financial reporting processes, audits of the financial statements and internal control and audit functions. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

· The appointment, replacement, compensation, and oversight of work of the independent auditor, including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting, for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services.

 

  · Reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor various topics and events that may have significant financial impact on our company or that are the subject of discussions between management and the independent auditors.

 

Our Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is posted on the Company’s website at: www.highpowertech.com .

 

Compensation Committee

 

We established our Compensation Committee in January 2008. The Compensation Committee consists of Xin Hai Li and T. Joseph Fisher, III, each of whom is an independent director. Xin Hai Li is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the design, review, recommendation and approval of compensation arrangements for the Company’s directors, executive officers and key employees, and for the administration of our equity incentive plans, including the approval of grants under such plans to our employees, consultants and directors. The Compensation Committee also reviews and determines compensation of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer. Our Board has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee. A current copy of the Compensation Committee Charter is posted on the Company’s website at: www.highpowertech.com.

 

Nominating Committee

 

The Nominating Committee consists of Xin Hai Li and T. Joseph Fisher, III, each of whom is an independent director. T. Joseph Fisher, III is the Chairman of the Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee assists in the selection of director nominees, approves director nominations to be presented for stockholder approval at our annual general meeting and fills any vacancies on our Board, considers any nominations of director candidates validly made by stockholders, and reviews and considers developments in corporate governance practices. Our Board has adopted a written charter for the Nominating Committee. A current copy of the Nominating Committee Charter is posted on the Company’s website at: www.highpowertech.com.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  

 

The Company’s securities are currently registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As a result, and pursuant to Rule 16a-2, the Company’s directors and officers and holders of 10% or more of its common stock are currently required to file statements of beneficial ownership with regards to their ownership of equity securities under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act. Based on a review of written representations from our executive officers and directors and a review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 furnished to us, we believe that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, all directors, officers and more than 10% owners filed reports required by Section 16(a) of Exchange Act on a timely basis, except Wenwei Ma who filed one late Form 4 reporting a sale transaction. Ping Li filed one late Form 5 in March 2017, reporting a late Form 4 transaction that occurred in fiscal year 2015.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company’s board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all directors, officers and employees. The purpose of the Code is to promote honest and ethical conduct. The Code is posted on the Company’s website located at: www.highpowertech.com , and is available in print, without charge, upon written request to the Company at Highpower International, Inc., Building A1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu, Longgang, Shenzhen, Guangdong, 518111, People’s Republic of China. The Company intends to post promptly any amendments to or waivers of the Code on its website.

 

40  

 

 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 of the principal executive officer (our “named executive officers”).

 

Name and Position   Year   Salary     Non-equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
    Stock
Awards (1)
    Option
Awards (1)
    All other
Compensation
    Total  
        $     $     $     $     $     $  
Dang Yu Pan   2016     70,000       70,000       -       -       -       140,000  
CEO and Chairman   2015     61,900       46,400       92,634       -       -       200,934  
Sunny Pan
Chief Financial Officer (2)
  2016     65,400       37,000       -       -       -       102,400  
Wen Liang Li   2016     71,400       54,200       -       -       -       125,600  
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Director   2015     76,200       25,400       69,913       -       -       171,513  
Henry Sun   2016     89,900       -       -       -       40,000       129,900  
Former Chief Financial Officer (3)   2015     82,800       25,750       -       115,293       -       223,843  

 

(1) Represents the full grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For assumptions used in calculation of awards, see Note 18 (Share Based Payment) to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) Sunny Pan was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer on August 7, 2016 and Chief Financial Officer on February 12, 2017.
(3) Mr. Sun's employment with the Company ended August 7, 2016, upon which all unvested options immediately expired and vested options expired October 28, 2016. All other compensation for Mr. Sun consists of the purchase by the company of a car.

 

Bonus is based on performance. Key performance indicators, as criteria for determining bonuses include corporate profitability, net sales, net income, gross profit, efficiency and improvement, cost control and corporate milestone achievements. On February 12, 2017, Sunny Pan was also granted 15,000 options with an exercise price of $2.20 per share vesting one-third on each anniversary date of the grant beginning February 12, 2018. The Company did not grant any equity awards during 2016.

 

Prior to his appointment as Interim Chief Financial Officer in August 2016, Sunny Pan had previously entered into on January 1, 2015 an employment contract as Financial Director. The initial term is until December 31, 2017 and may be renewed for another five years. Pursuant to the contract, Sunny Pan’s total compensation is approximately $100,700 with 65% paid as annual base salary and 35% paid as an annual performance bonus. The Company may terminate the contract if Sunny Pan violates law, materially neglects his duties, enter into employment arrangement with another party, divulges confidential or false information about the company or subject to criminal investigation. Mr. Pan may terminate the contract upon 30 days’ written notice, upon illness which causes him to be unable to perform his duties, or if the Company breaches the contract, violates rules and regulations, modifies the contract by use of fraud, coercion or exploitation. There are no contractual severance payments.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 by members of our Board. Compensation information for Dang Yu Pan and Wen Liang Li is described in the summary compensation table above.

 

41  

 

 

Name   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash (1)
    Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Total  
    $     $     $     $  
T. Joseph Fisher, III     72,000       -       -       72,000  
Xin Hai Li     48,000       -       -       48,000  
Ping Li     72,000       -       -       72,000  

 

(1) Includes fees paid as a member of the Special Committee, as further described below. Xin Hai Li received $4,000 per month for 6 months and $2,000 for the remaining 6 months.

 

Dang Yu Pan and Wen Liang Li are management Board members. While in previous years, we offered our management Board members a total compensation package, which include salary, bonus and director fees, we now do not pay such directors separate fees for board membership. We now offer our management Board members a compensation package consisting of salary and bonus based on benchmarks reported by Shenzhen Labor Bureau.

 

We do not have a formal policy with respect to the compensation of our non-executive directors. We pay our non-executive directors for their services at the rate of $1,000 to $2,000 per month.

 

In November 2015, the Board formed a Special Committee to review and consider the non-binding investment letter from Anshan Co-operation (Group) Co., Ltd. (“ACOC”). The members of the Special Committee were Ping Li, chairman, Xinhai Li and T. Joseph Fisher, III. Each member of the Special Committee received a monthly payment of $2,000 or $4,000, as applicable, and the chairman received a monthly payment of $5,000. The Special Committee was dissolved in March 2017.

 

Directors are eligible to receive, from time to time, grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock and other awards under the Plan.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 regarding compensation plans, including any individual compensation arrangements, under which equity securities of Highpower International, Inc. are authorized for issuance.

 

Plan Category   Number
of Securities
to be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
    Number
of securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     555,392     $ 2.70       801,363  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders     -       -       -  
Total     555,392     $ 2.70       801,363  

 

As of March 28, 2017, there were 793,427 shares available for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

 

42  

 

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or become exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 2017 are deemed outstanding even if they have not actually been exercised. Those shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

The following table sets forth as of March 28, 2017 certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock based on 15,137,480 issued and outstanding shares of common stock, by:

 

  · Each person known to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock of our company;
  · Each named executive officer;
  · Each director; and
  · All of the executive officers and directors as a group.

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 28, 2017 excludes 1,280,840 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite the stockholder’s name, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each stockholder listed in the table is c/o Building A1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu, Longgang, Shenzhen, Guangdong, 518111, People’s Republic of China.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
    Percent of
Class
 
             
5% Stockholders                
Renaissance Technologies LLC     759,650 (1)     5.0 %
800 Third Avenue, NY, NY 10022                
                 
Directors and Executive Officers                
Dang Yu Pan     3,062,773 (2)     20.2 %
                 
Wen Liang Li     2,133,970       14.1 %
                 
Wen Wei Ma     900,897       6.0 %
                 
Sunny Pan     -       -  
                 
Xin Hai Li     15,000       *  
                 
T. Joseph Fisher III     36,000 (3)     *  
                 
Ping Li     10,500       *  
                 
Officers and Directors as a Group (total of 7 persons)     6,159,140 (4)     40.7 %

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1.0%.
(1) According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2017, Renaissance Technologies LLC (“RTC”) is majority owned by Renaissance Technology Holdings Corporation (“RTHC”). Each of RTC and RTHC have sole voting and dispositive power over 702,786 shares and shares voting and dispositive power over 56,805 shares.
(2) Includes 269,959 shares held by a company that is 100% owned by Mr. Dang Yu Pan.
(3) Includes 15,000 shares underlying options.
(4) Includes shares underlying options to purchase 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

43  

 

 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Subsidiaries of Highpower International, Inc.

 

HKHTC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Highpower International, Inc., and each of HKHTC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, SZ Highpower, HZ HTC, SZ Springpower and ICON have interlocking executive and director positions with the Company.

 

Guarantee Agreements

 

Mr. Dang Yu Pan, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and his wife, Ms. Zhou Tao Yin have provided personal guarantees under certain of our outstanding banking facilities. The following table shows the amount outstanding on each of our bank loans as of December 31, 2016 and the guarantors of each loan:

 

Name of Bank   Amount
Granted
    Unused 
line of credit
    Maturity date     Guaranteed by
    $     $            
Bank of China (1)     12,590,290       1,444,934       7/112019   Dang Yu Pan
China Everbright Bank (1)     7,194,452       7,194,452       12/27/2017     Dang Yu Pan
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (1)     7,194,452       4,316,671       6/30/2017     Dang Yu Pan
China Minsheng Banking Corp., LTD. (1)     3,597,226       287,778       11/1/2017     Dang Yu Pan
Bank of China (1)     10,483,344       111       7/12/2019     Dang Yu Pan
Industrial Bank CO., LTD. (1)     7,194,452       2,409,882       10/28/2017     Dang Yu Pan
Hua Xia Bank Co., Ltd (2)     4,316,671       2,298,681       6/1/2017     Dang Yu Pan
Zhou Tao Yin
Bank of China (1)     3,837,041       124,892       7/25/2019     Dang Yu Pan
Hongkong and Shanghai Corporation (1)     4,000,000       4,000,000       7/15/2017     Dang Yu Pan
Total     60,407,928       22,077,401              

 

(1) The lines of credits are guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan.
(2) The lines of credit is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, and his wife.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the bank borrowings in the above table were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes, the time deposits with a carrying amount of $151,083, the land use right with a carrying amount of $3,622,435, the building with a carrying amount of $11,854,452, respectively. The loans as of December 31, 2016 were primarily obtained from four banks with interest rates ranging from 4.35% to 5.87% per annum. The interest expenses were $925,115 and $739,662 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

In 2016, the Company obtained borrowings in the aggregate amount of $4.5 million from a third party non-financial institution and an individual, which were used for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The borrowings are personally guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid $601,133 back to the third party non-financial institution. The interest rate for both borrowings is 5.66% per annum, and the borrowings must be repaid anytime no later than August 31, 2017. The interest expenses were $157,740 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

On September 27, 2016, SZ Springpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Branch providing for an aggregate loan of $1.4 million to be used for current funds for production and operations by SZ Springpower. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.05% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by HZ HTC, HKHTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s building in Shenzhen also serves as collateral for the loan.

 

44  

 

 

On September 20, 2016, SZ Springpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $1.4 million to be used by SZ Springpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date.  The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.92% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, HZ HTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Ganzhou also serve as collateral for the loan.

 

On September 20, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $2.9 million to be used by SZ Highpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.92% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Huizhou also serve as collateral for the loan.

 

On September 1, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $2.9 million to be used by SZ Highpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date.  The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.92% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Huizhou also serve as collateral for the loan.

 

On August 2, 2016, SZ Springpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $2.9 million to be used by SZ Springpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date.  The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.92% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, HZ HTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Ganzhou also serve as collateral for the loan.

 

Effective on August 26, 2016, HKHTC approved an Offer Letter - Invoice Discounting/Factoring Agreement with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, providing for funds in use limit of $4.0 million or its equivalent. HSBC will offer to provide HKHTC with debts purchase services, which are subject to review at any time and, in any event by 15 July 2017. The discounting charge is at 2% per annum over 3-months LIBOR which will be charged on a monthly basis or such other basis as the bank may notify HKHTC time to time. The service is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, SZ Springpower, HZ HTC, and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan.

 

On July 27, 2016, ICON entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $1.4 million to be used by ICON to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 1.1375% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower, SZ Highpower, HZ HTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan.

 

On July 11, 2016, Shenzhen Highpower entered into a comprehensive credit line contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch, which provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $11.5 million, consisting of up to $7.2 million in loans and up to $4.3 million in bank acceptance. SZ Highpower may withdraw the loan, from time to time as needed, but must make specific drawdown application on and before July 11, 2019. SZ Highpower’s loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower, our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Huizhou also serve as collateral for the loan.

 

On June 29, 2016, SZ Springpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of $1.4 million to be used for current funds for production and operations by SZ Springpower. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. SZ Springpower must withdraw the loan before September 25, 2016, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facility. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 0.05% on all outstanding loan amounts. The loan is guaranteed by HZ HTC, HKHTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s building in Shenzhen also serves as collateral for the loan.

 

On May 19, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a borrowing agreement with an individual (Lender) providing for an aggregate loan of $7.2 million to be used by SZ Highpower as working capital. SZ Highpower can withdraw the loan on and before September 30, 2016. SZ Highpower must pay back the loans before the maturity day on August 31, 2017. The interest rate is 5.66%, which equals to 130% of one year’s benchmark-lending rate of the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”). The loan is guaranteed by Mr. Dangyu Pan.

 

45  

 

 

On April 29, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a borrowing agreement with a non-financial institution (Lender) providing for an aggregate loan of $2.9 million to be used by SZ Highpower as working capital. SZ Highpower must pay back the loans before the maturity day on August 31, 2017. The interest rate is 5.66%, which equals to 130% of one year’s benchmark-lending rate of the PBOC. The loan is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dangyu Pan.

 

On January 12, 2016, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Xinzhou Branch, which provides for an aggregate loan of $1.4 million to be used by SZ Highpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first draw down date. The interest rate will be fixed during the loan term. Upon the first draw down, the interest rate will be 35% higher than the one year benchmark interest rate for same grade loans issued by the PBOC. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan.

 

On January 13, 2012, the Company borrowed $8.0 million (RMB50 million) from Bank of China, which is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. It is five-year long-term loan, with an annual interest rate of 5.23%, which was equal to 110% of the benchmark-lending rate of the PBOC as of December 31, 2015. Interest expenses are to be paid quarterly. It was repaid in full in 2016. The interest expenses were $43,197 and $219,704 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Non-binding Proposal

 

On August 30, 2016, HKHTC entered into a non-binding Cooperation Framework Agreement (the “Framework Agreement”) with ACOC under which ACOC proposed to purchase newly issued shares of SZ Highpower, SZ Springpower and ICON for RMB540 million (approximately $81.0 million), which would be paid directly to the subsidiaries. As a result of this proposed transaction, ACOC would hold more than 50% in each of these three subsidiaries. The Framework Agreement included a 90-day exclusivity provision, which subsequently expired, and superseded the non-binding proposal from ACOC received by the Company on November 27, 2015. After reviewing the proposed transaction and upon recommendation of the special committee of the Board, consisting of Ping Li, Xinhai Li and T. Joseph Fisher, III, the Company decided not to move forward with the transaction.

 

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

 

Our Audit Committee Charter to provides that the Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions between the Company and any person that is an officer, key employee, director or affiliate of the Company, including any payments made to such persons either directly or indirectly. Other than the forgoing, we do not currently have a formal related party approval policy for review and approval of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 (a) of Regulation S-K.

 

Director Independence

 

See Item 10 “Directors, Officers and Corporation Governance” for a discussion of board member independence.

 

46  

 

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table presents professional audit service fees and all the audit-related expenses rendered by Marcum Bernstein &Pinchuk LLP, who reviewed the Company’s quarterly financial statements and audited the annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Audit Fees(1)     219,547       216,450  
Audit-Related Fees     -       -  
Tax Fees     -       -  
All Other Fees     -       -  
Total     219,547       216,450  

 

(1) These were fees for professional services performed by Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP for the review of quarterly financial reports and audit of annual financial statements in 2016 and 2015.

 

Pre-Approval Policy

 

The Audit Committee on an annual basis reviews audit and non-audit services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm for such services. The audit committee pre-approves (i) audit services (including those performed for purposes of providing comfort letters and statutory audits) and (ii) non-audit services that exceed a de minimis standard established by the committee, which are rendered to the Company by its outside auditors (including fees).

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

1. Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 7 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

2. Financial Statement Schedule: Not applicable.

 

3. Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying “Index to Exhibits” are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Form 10-K.

 

47  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China, on March 28, 2017.

 

  Highpower International, Inc.
  (Registrant)
   
Dated: March 28, 2017 /s/  Dang Yu Pan  
  By:  Dang Yu Pan
  Chief Executive Officer and
  Chairman of the Board
  (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Capacity   Date
         
    Chief Executive Officer and   March 28, 2017
/s/  Dang Yu Pan   Chairman of the Board    
By:  Dang Yu Pan   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/  Sunny Pan   Chief Financial Officer   March 28, 2017
By:  Sunny Pan   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/  Wen Liang Li   Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and   March 28, 2017
By: Wen Liang Li   Director    
         
/s/  Xin Hai Li   Director   March 28, 2017
By: Xin Hai Li        
         
/s/  T. Joseph Fisher III   Director   March 28, 2017
By:  T. Joseph Fisher III        
         
/s/  Ping Li   Director   March 28, 2017
By: Ping Li        

 

48  

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

  

Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 10-SB (File No. 000-52103) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2006).
     
3.2   Bylaws (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form 10-SB (File No. 000-52103) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 5, 2006).
     
3.3   Articles of Merger Effecting Name Change (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2007).
     
3.4   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2010).
     
4.1   Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 16, 2014).
     
4.2   Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock dated January 17, 2014 issued by Patrick Ko (incorporated by reference (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2014).
     
4.3   Form of Warrant issued on April 17, 2014 to Ardour Capital Investments, LLC and it assignees (incorporated by reference (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2014).
     
10.1   State-owned Land Use Rights Grant Contract No. 441302 – B – 112 dated as of May 23, 2007, by and between the Land and Resources Bureau of Huizhou City, Guangdong Province and Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2007).
     
10.2   Land Use Right Agreement dated January 5, 2012 by and between Ganzhou Land and Resource Bureau and Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2012).
     
10.2*   2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (file no. 001-34098) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2008).
     
10.2(a)*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Form S-8 (file no.: 333-157443) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2009).
     
10.2(b)*   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Form S-8 (file no.: 333-157443) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2009).
     
10.2(c)*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Form S-8 (file no.: 333-157443) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2009).
     
10.3   Basic Credit Line Contract dated October 28, 2016, between Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch, and Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (translated to English).

 

49  

 

 

10.3(a)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract between Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch, and Dang Yu Pan (translated to English).
     
10.3(b)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract between Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch, and Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.4   Working Capital Loan Contract dated November 16, 2016 between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English).
     
10.5   Comprehensive Credit Contract dated December 28, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.5(a)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.5(b)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.5.(c)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Icon Energy Systems (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.5(d)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Dang Yu Pan (translated to English).
     
10.6   Comprehensive Credit Contract dated December 28, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and China Everbright Bank, Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.6(a)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.6(b)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English). Filed herewith.
     
10.6(c)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Icon Energy Systems (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.6(d)   Guaranteed Maximum Contract between China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Dang Yu Pan (translated to English).
     
10.7   Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract, dated November 1, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.7(a)   Maximum Guarantee Contract between China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Dang Yu Pan (translated to English).
     
10.7(b)   Maximum Guarantee Contract between China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.7(c)   Maximum Guarantee Contract between China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch, and Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (translated to English).
     
10.8   Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase dated June 30, 2016 between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd., Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co., Ltd. and the shareholders listed therein. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).+

 

50  

 

 

10.8(a)   Supplementary Agreement (I) to Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase dated June 30, 2016. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).+
     
10.8(b)   Supplementary Agreement (II) to Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase dated June 30, 2016. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).+
     
10.8(c)   Supplementary Agreement (III) to Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase dated June 30, 2016. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.9  

Investment Cooperation Agreement dated April 29, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd., Shenzhen PowTech Equity Investment LP, and Dang Yu Pan, as guarantor. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).

     
10.10   Investment Cooperation Agreement dated May 19, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd., Wei Linwei and Dang Yu Pan, as guarantor. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11   Maximum Financing Contract dated June 23, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11(a)   Personal Maximum Guarantee Contract between Yin Zhoutao and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch, dated June 30, 2016. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11(b)   Personal Maximum Guarantee Contract between Dang Yu Pan and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch, dated June 30, 2016. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11(c)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated June 30, 2016, between Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11(d)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated June 30, 2016, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(d) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.11(e)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated June 30, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Great China Sub-branch. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4(e) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016).
     
10.12   Offer Letter - Invoice Discounting/Factoring Agreement, effective August 26, 2016, between Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.13   Working Capital Loan Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Ganzhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

 

51  

 

 

10.13 (a)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Gui Jinming and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.13 (b)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Lin Xianbai and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.13(c)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Ou Hancheng and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.13(d)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Zhu Jie and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(d) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.13(e)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated August 3, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of Ganzhou Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(e) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.14   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract dated July 25, 2016, between Icon Energy System Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.14(a)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 25, 2016, between Dang Yu Pan and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.14(b)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 25, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.14(c)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 25, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.14(d)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 25, 2016, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(d) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.15   Working Capital Loan Contract dated July 27, 2016, between Icon Energy System Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.16   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract dated July 11, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.16(a)   Personal Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 11, 2016, between Dang Yu Pan and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.16(b)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 11, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

 

52  

 

 

10.16(c)  

Collateral Contract dated July 11, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

     
10.17   Working Capital Loan Contract dated September 1, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.18   Working Capital Loan Contract dated September 20, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.19   Working Capital Loan Contract dated June 29, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.19(a)   Maximum Mortgage Contract dated June 8, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.20   Working Capital Loan Contract dated September 27, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.21   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract dated July 12, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.21(a)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 12, 2016, between Dang Yu Pan and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.21(b)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 12, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.21(c)   Maximum Guarantee Contract dated July 12, 2016, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.21(d)   Collateral Contract dated July 12, 2016, between Ganzhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10(d) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.22   Working Capital Loan Contract dated August 2, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).
     
10.23   Working Capital Loan Contract dated September 20, 2016, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

 

53  

 

 

10.24   Working Capital Loan Contract dated December 22, 2016, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., Shenzhen Henggang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.24(a)   Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount between Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Shenzhen Henggang Branch, and Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17(a) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016).
     
10.24(b)   Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount between Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Shenzhen Henggang Branch, and Dang Yu Pan (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17(b) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016).
     
10.24(c)   Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount between Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Shenzhen Henggang Branch, and Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company, Limited. (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17(c) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016).
     
10.25*   Labor Contract dated January 1, 2015 between Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co, Ltd. and Sunny Pan.
     
10.26   Agreement and Line of Credit dated January 13, 2012 by and between Bank of China Ltd. Shenzhen Buji Sub-branch and Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (translated to English) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 15, 2012).
     
10.26(a)   Bank Loan Contract for Fixed Assets dated January 13, 2012 by and between Bank of China Ltd. Shenzhen Buji Sub-branch and Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (translated to English). (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 15, 2012).
     
10.26(b)   Guaranty Contracts of Maximum Amount dated January 12, 2012 corresponding to Agreement and Line of Credit dated January 13, 2012 and Bank Loan Contract for Fixed Assets dated January 13, 2012 (translated to English). (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 15, 2012).
     
21.1   List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2012).
     
23.1   Consent of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP.
     
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
32.1**   Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
     
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
     
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
     
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
     
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
     
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

54  

 

 

* Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan.
** This exhibit shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filings.
+ Confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

55  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  PAGES
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Change in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-6
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-7
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-8

 

  F- 1  

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Audit Committee of the

Board of Directors and Shareholders

of Highpower International, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Highpower International, Inc. and Subsidiaries (together the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.   An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

Guangzhou, China

March 28, 2017

 

  F- 2  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
ASSETS                
Current Assets:                
Cash     9,324,393       5,849,967  
Restricted cash     11,213,640       11,656,204  
Accounts receivable, net     46,280,769       36,139,866  
Amount due from Yipeng     7,517,250       -  
Notes receivable     1,093,730       1,757,709  
Prepayments and other receivables     6,899,872       6,060,904  
Inventories     22,207,333       19,218,331  
                 
Total Current Assets     104,536,987       80,682,981  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net     43,504,991       47,464,186  
Land use right, net     3,622,435       3,963,003  
Other assets     500,000       550,000  
Deferred tax assets     1,477,761       1,544,314  
Long-term investment     9,689,576       -  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS     163,331,750       134,204,484  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
LIABILITIES                
Current Liabilities:                
Accounts payable     49,463,901       36,077,396  
Deferred income     761,491       879,944  
Short-term loan     18,776,080       13,839,341  
Non-financial institution borrowings     3,741,115       -  
Notes payable     30,658,000       30,490,166  
Amount due to Yipeng     1,522,313       -  
Other payables and accrued liabilities     11,148,556       6,292,492  
Income taxes payable     1,963,298       1,783,013  
Current portion of long-term loan     -       1,845,245  
                 
Total Current Liabilities     118,034,754       91,207,597  
                 
Warrant Liability     259       140,549  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     118,035,013       91,348,146  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     -       -  

 

  F- 3  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

(Stated in US Dollars)

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
             
EQUITY                
Stockholders’ equity                
Preferred stock                
(Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 10,000,000 shares, Issued and outstanding: none)     -       -  
Common stock                
(Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 100,000,000 shares, 15,114,991 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 15,101,679 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015)     1,511       1,510  
Additional paid-in capital     11,580,934       11,227,979  
Statutory and other reserves     4,992,463       4,042,429  
Retained earnings     29,266,068       24,098,175  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     (873,582 )     2,632,762  
                 
Total equity attributable to the stockholders of Highpower International Inc.     44,967,394       42,002,855  
                 
Non-controlling interest     329,343       853,483  
                 
TOTAL EQUITY     45,296,737       42,856,338  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     163,331,750       134,204,484  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 4  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
             
Net sales     173,851,113       146,181,011  
Cost of sales     (135,768,642 )     (118,234,935 )
Gross profit     38,082,471       27,946,076  
                 
Research and development expenses     (9,243,750 )     (7,631,181 )
Selling and distribution expenses     (6,888,052 )     (6,728,692 )
General and administrative expenses     (18,186,362 )     (12,895,649 )
Foreign currency transaction gain     1,959,036       2,474,154  
Total operating expenses     (32,359,128 )     (24,781,368 )
                 
Income from operations     5,723,343       3,164,708  
                 
Gain on change of fair value of warrant liability     140,290       927,125  
Other income     2,271,528       1,189,324  
Equity in earnings of investee     351,755       -  
Interest expenses     (1,419,962 )     (1,002,151 )
Income before taxes     7,066,954       4,279,006  
                 
Income taxes expenses     (1,439,177 )     (818,736 )
Net income     5,627,777       3,460,270  
                 
Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (490,150 )     (393,812 )
Net income attributable to the Company     6,117,927       3,854,082  
                 
Comprehensive income                
Net income     5,627,777       3,460,270  
Foreign currency translation loss     (3,540,334 )     (3,055,839 )
Comprehensive income     2,087,443       404,431  
                 
Less: comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (524,140 )     (453,756 )
Comprehensive income attributable to the Company     2,611,583       858,187  
                 
Earnings per share of common stock attributable to the Company                
- Basic     0.41       0.26  
- Diluted     0.40       0.25  
                 
Weighted average number of common stock outstanding                
- Basic     15,105,235       15,096,166  
- Diluted     15,113,914       15,286,196  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 5  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

          Common stock     Additional
paid-in
    Statutory
and other
    Retained     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
    Non-controlling        
          Shares           Amount     capital     reserves     earnings     income     interest     Total  
                      $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
                                                             
Balance, December 31, 2014             15,084,746               1,508       10,530,430       3,611,501       20,675,021       5,628,657       1,307,239       41,754,356  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options             16,933               2       44,532       -       -       -       -       44,534  
Foreign currency translation adjustments             -               -       -       -       -       (2,995,895 )     (59,944 )     (3,055,839 )
Share-based compensation expenses             -               -       653,017       -       -       -       -       653,017  
Transfer to statutory and other reserves             -               -       -       430,928       (430,928 )     -       -       -  
Net income     -       -       -       -       -       -       3,854,082       -       (393,812 )     3,460,270  
                                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2015             15,101,679               1,510       11,227,979       4,042,429       24,098,175       2,632,762       853,483       42,856,338  
                                                                                 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options             13,312               1       35,009       -       -       -       -       35,010  
Foreign currency translation adjustments             -               -       -       -       -       (3,506,344 )     (33,990 )     (3,540,334 )
Share-based compensation expenses             -               -       317,946       -       -       -       -       317,946  
Transfer to statutory and other reserves             -               -       -       950,034       (950,034 )     -       -       -  
Net income             -               -       -       -       6,117,927       -       (490,150 )     5,627,777  
                                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2016             15,114,991               1,511       11,580,934       4,992,463       29,266,068       (873,582 )     329,343       45,296,737  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 6  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Net income     5,627,777       3,460,270  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     4,937,688       4,939,882  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,651,546       949  
Impairment of machinery and equipment     530,914       -  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment     609,842       233,296  
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense     (32,756 )     9,107  
Equity in earnings of investee     (351,755 )     -  
Share based compensation     317,946       653,017  
Gain on change of fair value of warrant liability     (140,290 )     (927,125 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (13,809,278 )     (5,446,752 )
Notes receivable     575,514       (1,222,793 )
Prepayments and other receivables     (1,755,589 )     (2,435,316 )
Amount due from Yipeng     (7,457,338 )     -  
Amount due to Yipeng     1,589,963       -  
Inventories     (4,410,429 )     1,831,737  
Accounts payable     11,196,709       (3,322,054 )
Deferred income     (64,658 )     1,890,332  
Other payables and accrued liabilities     5,471,022       755,757  
Income taxes payable     307,984       (74,111 )
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     4,794,812       346,196  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities                
Acquisition of plant and equipment     (8,487,473 )     (11,256,553 )
Long-term investment     (3,005,666 )     -  
Net cash flows used in investing activities     (11,493,139 )     (11,256,553 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from short-term bank loans     19,611,969       14,430,014  
Repayment of short-term bank loans     (13,526,998 )     (13,438,449 )
Proceeds from non-financial institution borrowings     4,508,499       -  
Repayment of non-financial institution borrowings     (601,133 )     -  
Repayment of long-term bank loans     (1,803,399 )     (1,924,002 )
Proceeds from notes payable     59,952,794       63,544,496  
Repayment of notes payable     (57,731,108 )     (61,118,292 )
Proceeds from exercise of employee options     35,010       44,534  
Change in restricted cash     (320,093 )     2,966,205  
Net cash flows provided by financing activities     10,125,541       4,504,506  
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash     47,212       (2,356,074 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash     3,474,426       (8,761,925 )
Cash - beginning of year     5,849,967       14,611,892  
Cash - end of year     9,324,393       5,849,967  
                 
Supplemental disclosures for cash flow information:                
Cash paid for:                
Income taxes     1,163,950       883,740  
Interest expenses     1,229,173       1,002,151  
Non-cash transactions                
Offset of deferred income related to government grant and property, plant and equipment     229,951       2,547,545  
Transfer of equipment to Yipeng     7,156,717       -  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 7  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

1. Principal activities and organization

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Highpower International, Inc. ("Highpower") and its 100%-owned subsidiary Hong Kong Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HKHTC”), HKHTC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (“SZ Highpower”), and Icon Energy System Company Limited (“ICON”), SZ Highpower’s wholly owned subsidiary Huizhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HZ HTC”) and its 70%-owned subsidiary Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“GZ Highpower”) and SZ Highpower’s and HKHTC’s jointly owned subsidiary, Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“SZ Springpower”). Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly and majority owned subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company".

 

Highpower was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 3, 2006. HKHTC was incorporated in Hong Kong on July 4, 2003. All other subsidiaries are incorporated in the People’s Republic of China ("PRC").

 

Highpower Energy Technology (Huizhou) Company Limited ("HZ Highpower") which was formed by HKHTC in 2008, was dissolved in September 2015. The subsidiary did not commence operation since establishment.

 

The Company’s principal activities are described as follows:

 

Name of company   Place and date
incorporation
  Principal activities
HKHTC  

Hong Kong

July 4, 2003

  Investment holding and marketing of batteries
         
SZ Highpower  

PRC

October 8, 2002

  Manufacturing, marketing and research of Ni-MH batteries
         
SZ Springpower  

PRC

June 4, 2008

  Manufacturing, marketing and research of lithium batteries
         
GZ Highpower  

PRC

September 21, 2010

  Processing, marketing and research of battery materials
         
ICON  

PRC

February 23, 2011

  Design and production of advanced battery packs and systems
         
HZ HTC  

PRC

March 8, 2012

  Manufacturing, marketing and research of lithium batteries

 

  F- 8  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

 

Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly and majority owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Non-controlling interests represent the equity interest in the GZ Highpower that is not owned by the Company.

 

Reclassification

 

The Company has reclassified certain comparative balances in the consolidated balance sheet for December 31, 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation. The reclassification is related to the aggregation of the balance of prepayments and the balance of other receivables into the balance of prepayments and other receivables. The reclassification did not have an impact on the reported total assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allowance for doubtful receivables; recoverability of the carrying amount of inventory; fair value of financial instruments; and the assessment of deferred tax assets or liabilities. These estimates are often based on complex judgments and assumptions that management believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Concentrations of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition, generally without requiring collateral or other security. In order to minimize the credit risk, the management of the Company has delegated a team responsible for determining credit limits, credit approvals and other monitoring procedures to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. Further, the Company reviews the recoverable amount of each individual trade debt at each balance sheet date to ensure that adequate impairment losses are made for irrecoverable amounts. In this regard, the management of the Company considers that the Company’s credit risk is significantly reduced.

 

No customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

No supplier accounted for or over 10% of our total purchase amount during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2016, there was no customer accounted for 10% or more of the accounts receivable. There was one major customer accounted for 11.3% of the accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Cash

 

Cash include all cash on hand and cash in bank with no restrictions.

 

Restricted cash

 

Restricted cash include time deposits, cash security for bank acceptance bills, and government grant.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables, if any, based on a review of all outstanding amounts at period end. An allowance is also made when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The Company analyzes the aging of the customer accounts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in its customer payment patterns when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Notes receivable

 

Notes receivable represent banks’ and commercial acceptances that have been arranged with third-party financial institutions by certain customers to settle their purchases from us. These banks’ acceptances are non-interest bearing and are collectible within six months.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Inventories include raw materials, packing materials, consumables, work in progress and finished goods. The variable production overhead is allocated to each unit of production on the basis of the actual use of the production facilities. The allocation of fixed production overhead to the costs of conversion is based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.

 

Where there is evidence that the utility of inventories, in their disposal in the ordinary course of business, will be less than cost, whether due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes, the inventories are written down to fair value.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. Maintenance, repairs and betterments, including replacement of minor items, are charged to expense; major additions to physical properties are capitalized.

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings 20-40 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 5 years
Leasehold improvement  Shorter of the remaining lease terms or estimated useful lives
Machinery and equipment 10 years
Motor vehicles 5 years

 

Upon sale or disposal, the applicable amounts of asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the net amount less proceeds from disposal is charged or credited to income.

 

Construction in progress represents capital expenditures for direct costs of construction or acquisition and design fees incurred, and the interest expenses directly related to the construction. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to the appropriate category of property, plant and equipment when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the assets for their intended use are completed. Construction in progress is not depreciated.

 

Long-term investment

 

For an investee company over which the Company holds less than 20% voting interest, the investments are accounted for under the cost method.

 

For an investee company over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not have a controlling interest, the Company accounted for those using the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when the Company has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%. Other factors, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors, voting rights and the impact of commercial arrangements, are also considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate.

 

An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than temporary. As of December 31, 2016, management believes no impairment charge is necessary.

 

Land use rights

 

Land use rights represent payments for the rights to use certain parcels of land for a certain period of time in the PRC. Land use rights are carried at cost and charged to expense on a straight-line basis over 50 years the rights are granted.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Other assets

 

Other assets represent a royalty-bearing, non-exclusive license to use certain patents owned by an unrelated party ("License Provider"), to manufacture rechargeable nickel metal hydride batteries for portable consumer applications (“Consumer Batteries”) in the PRC, and a royalty-bearing, non-exclusive worldwide license to use certain patents owned by License Provider to manufacture, sell and distribute Consumer Batteries.

 

Government grants

 

Conditional government grants are recognized as deferred income when received. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Company should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the related asset. The revenue from such grants is recognized in profit or loss over the life of the related depreciable asset as a reduction of depreciation expense. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded deferred income of $761,491 and $879,944, respectively, for the government grants to purchase non-current assets.

 

Government grants as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no future related benefit are recognized as other income in the period in which they become receivable. Approximately $1,762,266 and $563,485 government grant were recognized as other income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Company measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product has occurred, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customers and collectability of the receivable is reasonably assured. The majority of domestic sales contracts transfer title and risk of loss to customers upon receipt of product by customer. The majority of oversea sales contracts transfer title and risk of loss to customers when goods were delivered to the carriers. Revenue is presented net of sales tax and value added tax.

 

The Company does not have arrangements for returns from customers and does not have any future obligations directly or indirectly related to product resale by customers. The Company has no sales incentive programs.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales consists primarily of material costs, labor costs, depreciation and related expenses, which are directly attributable to the production of products. Write-down of inventories to lower of cost or market is also recorded in cost of sales.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses include expenses directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including the expenses of salaries, employee benefits, materials, supplies, and maintenance of research equipment. All expenses associated with research and development are expensed as incurred.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense associated with the issuance of equity instruments to employees for their services. The fair value of the equity instruments is estimated on the date of grant and is expensed in the financial statements over the vesting period. The input assumptions used in determining fair value are the expected life, expected volatility, risk-free rate and the dividend yield.

 

Share-based compensation associated with the issuance of equity instruments to non-employees is recorded at the fair value on the measurement date. The measurement of stock-based compensation at fair value is subject to periodic adjustment at each reporting period.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates, applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized and recorded as necessary in the provision for income taxes. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years, five years, ten years and twenty years, if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent, errors relating to transferring pricing issues and tax evasion, respectively. There were no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will change over the next twelve months.

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income is comprised of the Company’s net income and other comprehensive income. The component of other comprehensive income or loss is consisted solely of foreign currency translation adjustments, net of the income tax effect.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Foreign currency translation and transactions

 

Highpower’s functional currency is the United States dollar ("US$"). HKHTC's functional currency is the Hong Kong dollar ("HK$"). The functional currency of Highpower's other direct and indirect wholly and majority owned subsidiaries in the PRC is the Renminbi ("RMB").

 

Most of the Company’s oversea sales are priced and settled with US$. At the date a foreign currency transaction is recognized, each asset, liability, revenue, expense, gain, or loss arising from the transaction is measured initially in the functional currency of the recording entity by use of the exchange rate in effect at that date. The increase or decrease in expected functional currency cash flows upon settlement of a transaction resulting from a change in exchange rates between the functional currency and the currency in which the transaction is denominated is recognized as foreign currency transaction gain or loss that is included in earnings for the period in which the exchange rate changes. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances that are denominated in a foreign currency are adjusted to reflect the current exchange rate.

 

The Company’s reporting currency is US$. Assets and liabilities of HKHTC and the PRC subsidiaries are translated at the current exchange rate at the balance sheet dates, revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the reporting periods, and equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company's chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company's reportable segments. The Company’s reportable segments are based on products, geography, legal structure, management structure, or any other manner in which management disaggregates a company. Therefore the Company categorizes its business into three reportable segments, namely (i) Lithium Batteries; (ii) Ni-MH Batteries; and (iii) New Material.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, restricted cash, trade and other receivables, deposits, trade and other payables and bank borrowings, approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of such instruments.

 

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

 

ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

   F- 14  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The Company measures fair value using three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

-Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

-Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

-Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Warrant Liability

 

For warrants that are not indexed to the Company’s stock, the Company records the fair value of the issued warrants as a liability at each balance sheet date and records changes in the estimated fair value as a non-cash gain or loss in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. The warrant liability is recognized in the balance sheet at the fair value (level 3). The fair value of these warrants have been determined using the Black-Scholes pricing mode. The Black-Scholes pricing model provides for assumptions regarding volatility, call and put features and risk-free interest rates within the total period to maturity. The Company revalued the warrants utilizing a binomial model as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with no material difference in the value.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income attributable to holders of common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised or converted into common shares.

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09. This new standard will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to correlate with the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year, while allowing a company to adopt the new revenue standard early but not before the original effective date. This guidance will be effective as to the Company on January 1, 2018 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. In April and May 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2016-10, and Accounting Standards Update 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2016-12, respectively. These new standards will identify performance obligations and narrow aspects on achieving core principle. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting these ASUs on its consolidated financial statements.

 

   F- 15  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

During 2016, the Company have made significant progress toward its evaluation of the potential changes from adopting the new standard on its future financial reporting and disclosures. The Company has established a cross-functional implementation team on assessment on the five-step model of the new standard to its revenue contracts. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our result of operations, financial position or liquidity. The management has not yet selected a transition method. The Company anticipates adopting this new guidance on January 1, 2018, and plans on giving additional updates on its progress and further conclusions on its Form-10Q’s during the first and second quarters of 2017.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under this ASU, inventory will be measured at the “lower of cost and net realizable value” and options that currently exist for “market value” will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.” No other changes were made to the current guidance on inventory measurement. ASU 2015-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted and should be applied prospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740). To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, the amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this Update. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). It requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted for all public business entities and all nonpublic business entities upon issuance. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-07, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Venture (Topic 323). The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. It is effective for all entities for the fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Earlier application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

   F- 16  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). Under this update, share-based payment transactions simplified several aspects of the accounting, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas for simplification apply only to nonpublic entities. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230). The amendments in this update provide guidance on eight specific cash flow issue. It applies to all entities. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments in this Update is to improve the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory and align the recognition of income tax consequences for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-16 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-16 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230). The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-18 on its consolidated financial statements

 

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.

 

   F- 17  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

3. Restricted cash

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Securities for bank acceptance bill     10,541,105       11,392,231  
Time deposits     151,083       263,973  
Government subsidy deposit     521,452       -  
      11,213,640       11,656,204  

 

As of December 31, 2016, cash of $10.5 million is restricted by five banks for bank acceptance bill; cash of $0.2 million is restricted by Bank of China for short-term bank loan; cash of $0.5 million is restricted under supervision by the Government due to government subsidy granted.

 

As of December 31, 2015, cash of $11.4 million is restricted by six banks for line of credit; cash of $0.3 million is the time deposit with maturity of more than three months.

 

   F- 18  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

  

4. Accounts receivable, net

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Accounts receivable     49,460,347       38,211,951  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     3,179,578       2,072,085  
      46,280,769       36,139,866  

 

The Company recorded bad debt expense of $1,176,208 and $949 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company wrote off accounts receivable directly of $42,897 and $403,735 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

5. Prepayments and other receivables

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Purchase deposits paid     3,205,852       3,752,125  
Value-added tax (“VAT”) prepayment     1,100,319       546,358  
Rental deposit     266,883       414,843  
Prepaid insurance fee     259,113       206,424  
Advances to staff for daily operations     81,502       39,886  
Compensation receivable for land occupation (1)     455,115       486,370  
Other receivables from third parties (2)     1,508,278       -  
Prepaid expense     477,925       614,898  
      7,354,987       6,060,904  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts (1)     455,115       -  
      6,899,872       6,060,904  

 

(1) The Company accrued fully allowance for the long-aging compensation receivable for land occupation.

(2) Other receivables from third parties represent payment of $532,389 due on demand and the receivable of equipment deposit from an equipment supplier of $975,889.

 

   F- 19  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

6. Inventories

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Raw materials     6,492,755       4,320,455  
Work in progress     4,878,856       4,568,530  
Finished goods     10,608,180       9,994,401  
Packing materials     21,083       17,167  
Consumables     206,459       317,778  
      22,207,333       19,218,331  

 

7. Property, plant and equipment, net

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Cost                
Construction in progress     715,188       1,678,961  
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment     4,025,635       3,882,594  
Leasehold improvement     5,865,909       4,092,668  
Machinery and equipment     27,526,572       29,295,041  
Motor vehicles     1,496,628       1,643,173  
Building     21,797,158       23,046,056  
      61,427,090       63,638,493  
Less: accumulated depreciation     17,922,099       16,174,307  
      43,504,991       47,464,186  

 

The Company recorded depreciation expenses of $4,797,968 and $4,794,162 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, deferred income related to government grants of $229,951 and $2,547,545, respectively, was reduced from the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $530,914 and $nil of impairment loss of machinery and equipment, respectively.

 

The buildings comprising the Huizhou facilities were pledged as collateral for bank loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The carrying amounts of the buildings were $8,864,837 and $9,715,879 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The building located in Longgang, Shenzhen, Guangdong was pledged as collateral for bank loans as of December 31, 2016. The carrying amount of the buildings was $394,640 as of December 31, 2016.

 

The buildings comprising the Ganzhou facilities were pledged as collateral for short-term loans and bank acceptance bills drawn under certain lines of credit. The carrying amounts of the building were $2,594,975 and $2,703,743 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

   F- 20  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

8. Land use rights, net

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Cost                
Land located in Huizhou     3,089,739       3,301,923  
Land located in Ganzhou     1,205,368       1,288,146  
      4,295,107       4,590,069  
Accumulated amortization     (672,672 )     (627,066 )
Net     3,622,435       3,963,003  

 

As of December 31, 2016, land use rights included certain parcels of land located in Huizhou City, Guangdong Province, PRC and Ganzhou City, Jiangxi Province, PRC. Land use rights for land in Huizhou City with an area of approximately 126,605 square meters and in Ganzhou City with an area of approximately 58,669 square meters will expire on May 23, 2057 and January 4, 2062, respectively.

 

Land use rights are being amortized annually using the straight-line method over a contract term of 50 years. Estimated amortization for the coming years is as follows:

 

    $  
2017     89,720  
2018     89,720  
2019     89,720  
2020     89,720  
2021     89,720  
Thereafter     3,173,835  
      3,622,435  

 

The Company recorded amortization expenses of $89,720 and $95,720 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The land use rights for land located in Huizhou and Ganzhou City were both pledged as collateral for bank loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

   F- 21  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

9. Other assets

 

The Company is amortizing the $1,000,000 cost of the Consumer Battery License Agreement with a License Provider over a period of 20 years on the straight line basis in accordance with the terms of license.

 

Amortization expenses included in research and development expenses were $50,000 for both years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

10. Long-term investment

 

On April 1, 2016, the Company entered into an investment agreement with Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co. Ltd. ("Yipeng"), whereby the Company acquired 5% equity interest of Yipeng for RMB5,000,000 ($719,445). On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement for Equity Transfer and Capital Increase and Supplementary Agreements with Yipeng and its shareholders (collectively, the “Equity Purchase Agreement”).

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, the Company will purchase up to 50% of Yipeng’s equity on two closings: (1) on August 10, 2016, in addition to the existing 5% shares of Yipeng, the Company agreed to pay approximately $2.2 million in cash and transfer equipment worth approximately $6.5 million in exchange for the purchase of 30.4% of the shares of Yipeng, and (2) prior to November 5, 2016, provided that Yipeng has been approved to be listed in the catalogue of Industrial Standards of Auto Mobile Power Battery Cell (the “Catalogue”) prior to October 31, 2016, the Company will pay approximately $2.8 million in cash and transfer equipment worth approximately $5.0 million in exchange for an additional 14.6% of the shares of Yipeng. The Company also has the right to purchase in the future an additional 1% of the shares from Yipeng’s founding shareholders at a price of approximately $0.4 million which would result in an aggregate ownership of 51% of Yipeng.

 

On August 10, 2016, the Company consummated the first closing pursuant to the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has invested an aggregate of $9.4 million in exchange for 35.4% of the equity interest of Yipeng, which was recorded under equity method.

 

Yipeng failed to be listed in the Catalogue prior to October 31, 2016 because the PRC government did not assess any new xEV cell and system manufacturers as originally expected in September 2016. As a result, the Company postponed the second closing until Yipeng is listed in the Catalogue.

 

The equity in earnings of investee was $351,755 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

   F- 22  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

  

11. Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Accrued expenses     1,011,866       451,911  
Accrued payroll     6,094,843       3,365,029  
Royalty payable     400,773       461,055  
VAT payable     554,064       959,422  
Sales deposits received     1,582,141       562,696  
Other payables     1,504,869       492,379  
      11,148,556       6,292,492  

 

   F- 23  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

12. Taxation

 

Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly and majority owned subsidiaries file tax returns separately.

 

1) VAT

 

Pursuant to the Provisional Regulation of the PRC on VAT and the related implementing rules, all entities and individuals ("taxpayers") that are engaged in the sale of products in the PRC are generally required to pay VAT at a rate of 17% of the gross sales proceeds received, less any deductible VAT already paid or borne by the taxpayers. Further, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to a portion of or all the refund of VAT that it has already paid or incurred. The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to VAT at 17% of their revenues.

 

2) Income tax

 

United States

 

Highpower was incorporated in Delaware and is subject to U.S. federal income tax with a system of graduated tax rates ranging from 15% to 35%. No deferred U.S. taxes are recorded since all accumulated profits in the PRC will be permanently reinvested in the PRC.

 

Hong Kong

 

HKHTC, which was incorporated in Hong Kong, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 16.5%.

 

PRC

 

In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of the PRC, a company registered in the PRC is subject to income taxes within the PRC at the applicable tax rate on taxable income.

 

In China, the companies granted with National High-tech Enterprise (“NHTE”) status enjoy 15% income tax rate. This status needs to be renewed every three years. If these subsidiaries fail to renew NHTE status, they will be subject to income tax at a rate of 25% after the expiration of NHTE status. All the PRC subsidiaries received NHTE status and enjoy 15% income tax rate for calendar year 2016 and 2015.

 

The components of the provision for income taxes expenses are:

 

    For the years ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Current     1,471,933       809,629  
Deferred     (32,756 )     9,107  
Total income tax expense     1,439,177       818,736  

 

   F- 24  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

12. Taxation (continued)

 

The reconciliation of income taxes expenses computed at the statutory tax rate applicable to the Company to income tax expenses is as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Income before tax     7,066,954       4,279,006  
                 
Provision for income taxes at applicable income tax rate     1,866,878       988,833  
Effect of preferential tax rate     (959,453 )     60,060  
R&D expenses eligible for super deduction     (546,088 )     (546,156 )
Non-deductible expenses     146,493       59,122  
Change in valuation allowance     931,347       256,877  
Effective enterprise income tax     1,439,177       818,736  

 

3) Deferred tax assets

 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purpose and the tax bases used for income tax purpose. The following represents the tax effect of each major type of temporary difference.

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
             
Tax loss carry-forward     4,274,881       3,382,543  
Allowance for doubtful receivables     121,932       47,197  
Impairment for inventory     98,276       217,733  
Difference for sales cut-off     14,245       33,071  
Deferred income     114,224       131,992  
Property, plant and equipment subsidized by government grant     468,313       490,883  
Impairment for property, plant and equipment     76,248       -  
Total gross deferred tax assets     5,168,119       4,303,419  
Valuation allowance     (3,690,358 )     (2,759,105 )
Total net deferred tax assets     1,477,761       1,544,314  

 

The following represents the amounts and expiration dates of operating loss carried forwards for tax purpose:

 

        $  
  2019       300,520  
  2020       1,553,667  
  2021 and thereafter       2,042,635  
  Total       3,896,822  

 

Valuation allowance was provided against deferred tax assets in entities where it was determined, it was more likely than not that the benefits of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company had deferred tax assets which consisted of tax loss carry-forwards and others, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The management determines it is more likely than not that part of deferred tax assets could not be utilized, so allowance was provided as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

   F- 25  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

13. Notes payable

 

Notes payable are presented to certain suppliers as a payment against the outstanding trade payables.

 

Notes payable are mainly bank acceptable bills which are non-interest bearing and generally mature within six months. The outstanding bank acceptance bills are secured by restricted cash deposited in banks. Outstanding bank acceptance bills were $30,658,000 and $30,379,170 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively (See Note 16).

 

The outstanding trade acceptances to suppliers as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $nil and $110,996, respectively. These trade acceptances were non-interest bearing and mature within one year. No security deposit was needed.

 

14. Short-term loans

 

As of December 31, 2016, the bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes and were secured by personal guarantees executed by certain directors of the Company, the time deposits with a carrying amount of $151,083, the land use right with a carrying amount of $3,622,435, the building with a carrying amount of $11,854,452, respectively (See Note 16).

 

The loans as of December 31, 2016 were primarily obtained from four banks with interest rates ranging from 4.35% to 5.87% per annum. The interest expenses were $925,115 and $739,662 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The weighted average interest rate of short-term loans outstanding was 5.18% and 5.51% per annum as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

15. Non-financial institution borrowings

 

In 2016, the Company obtained borrowings from a third party non-financial institution and an individual, which were used for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The borrowings are personally guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid $601,133 back to the third party non-financial institution.

 

The interest rate for both borrowings is 5.66% per annum, and the borrowings would be repaid anytime no later than August 31, 2017. The interest expenses were $157,740 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

   F- 26  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

16. Lines of credit

 

The Company entered into various credit contracts and revolving lines of credit, which were used for short-term loans (See Note 14) and bank acceptance bills (See Note 13). The following tables summarize the unused lines of credit as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    December 31, 2016
Lender   Starting date   Maturity date   Line of credit     Unused line of
credit
 
            $     $  
Bank of China (1)   7/11/2016   7/11/2019     12,590,290       1,444,934  
China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd. (1)   12/28/2016   12/27/2017     7,194,452       7,194,452  
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (1)   7/1/2016   6/30/2017     7,194,452       4,316,671  
China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd. (1)   11/1/2016   11/1/2017     3,597,226       287,778  
Bank of China (1)   7/12/2016   7/12/2019     10,483,344       111  
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.(1)   10/28/2016   10/28/2017     7,194,452       2,409,882  
Hua Xia Bank Co., Ltd. (2)   6/1/2016   6/1/2017     4,316,671       2,298,681  
Bank of China (1)   7/25/2016   7/25/2019     3,837,041       124,892  
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (1)   8/26/2016   7/15/2017     4,000,000       4,000,000  
Total             60,407,928       22,077,401  

 

    December 31, 2015
Lender   Starting date   Maturity date     Line of credit     Unused line of
credit
 
              $     $  
Bank of China (1)   7/13/2015     9/13/2016       13,762,455       4,707,595  
Bank of China (1)   7/1/2015     6/30/2016       11,203,276       155,498  
Ping An Bank Co., Ltd.   12/10/2015     12/9/2016       10,763,931       3,878,818  
China Minsheng Banking Corp., Ltd. (1)   7/16/2015     7/16/2016       4,393,441       1,916,253  
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. (1)   7/15/2015     7/15/2016       9,226,227       7,079,785  
China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd. (1)   6/232015     6/22/2016       7,688,523       3,647,289  
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (1)   10/1/2015     10/1/2016       7,688,523       4,613,113  
Jiang Su Bank Co., Ltd.   11/4/2015     11/3/2016       2,306,557       995,703  
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (1)   9/1/2015     7/15/2016       8,000,000       8,000,000  
Total                 75,032,933       34,994,054  

 

(1) The lines of credits are guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan.
(2) The lines of credit is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, and his wife.

 

Certain of the agreements governing the Company’s loans include standard affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on granting additional pledges on the Company’s property and incurring additional debt and obligations to provide advance notice of major corporate actions, and other covenants including: that the borrower may not serve as a guarantor for more than double its net assets; that the borrower is restricted in certain circumstances from using the loans in connection with related party transactions or other transactions with affiliates; that the borrower must provide monthly reports to certain lenders describing the actual use of loans; that the borrower may need to obtain approval to engage in major corporate transactions; and that the borrower may need to obtain approval to increase overseas investments, guarantee additional debt or incur additional debt by an amount which exceeds 20% of its total net assets should the lender determine that such action would have a material impact on the ability of the borrower to repay the loan. The covenants in these loan agreements could prohibit the Company from incurring any additional debt without consent from its lenders. The Company believes it would be able to obtain consents from the lenders in the event it needed to do so. The agreements governing the Company’s loans may also include covenants that, in certain circumstances, may require the Company’s PRC operating subsidiaries to give notice to, or obtain consent from, certain of their lenders prior to making a distribution of net profit, as well as covenants restricting the ability of the Company’s PRC operating subsidiaries from extending loans.

 

   F- 27  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

17. Long-term loans

 

    December 31,  
    2015  
    $  
Long term loans from Bank of China     1,845,245  
Less: current portion of long-term loans     1,845,245  
Long-term loans, net of current portion     -  

 

On January 13, 2012, the Company borrowed $8.0 million (RMB50 million) from Bank of China, which is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. It is five-year long-term loan, with an annual interest rate of 5.23%, which was equal to 110% of the benchmark-lending rate of the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) as of December 31, 2015. Interest expenses are to be paid quarterly. It was repaid in full in 2016.

 

The interest expenses were $43,197 and $219,704 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

   F- 28  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

18. Share-based compensation

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

The 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "2008 Plan") was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on October 29, 2008 and approved of the Company’s stockholders on December 11, 2008. The 2008 Plan has a ten-year term. The 2008 Plan reserves two million shares of common stock for issuance, subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization in accordance with the terms of the 2008 Plan.

 

The 2008 Plan authorizes the issuance of awards including stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs), restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock appreciation rights (SARs) and other equity and/or cash performance incentive awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Subject to certain restrictions, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has broad discretion to establish the terms and conditions for awards under the 2008 Plan, including the number of shares, vesting conditions and the required service or performance criteria. Options and SARs may have a contractual term of up to ten years and generally vest over three to five years with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Incentive stock options (ISOs) granted must have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Repricing of stock options and SARs is permitted without stockholder approval. If a particular award agreement so provides, certain change in control transactions may cause such awards granted under the 2008 Plan to vest at an accelerated rate, unless the awards are continued or substituted for in connection with the transaction. As of December 31, 2016, 801,363 shares of common stock remained available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2008 Plan.

 

Options Granted to Employees

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
    Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 
          $        
Outstanding, January 1, 2015     760,286       2.92       7.78  
                         
Granted     75,000       4.43       -  
Exercised     (16,933 )     2.63       -  
Forfeited     (26,336 )     2.63       -  
Canceled     (5,091 )     2.63       -  
Outstanding, December 31, 2015     786,926       3.08       6.90  
Exercisable, December 31, 2015     587,407       3.16       6.56  

 

   F- 29  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

18. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

Options Granted to Employees (continued)

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
    Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 
          $        
Outstanding, January 1, 2016     786,926       3.08       6.90  
                         
Granted     190,000       2.66       -  
Exercised     (13,312 )     2.63       -  
Forfeited     (41,678 )     2.15       -  
Canceled     (366,544 )     3.47       -  
Outstanding, December 31, 2016     555,392       2.70       7.39  
Exercisable, December 31, 2016     381,392       2.76       6.67  

 

Intrinsic value is calculated as the amount by which the current market value of a share of common stock exceeds the exercise price multiplied by the number of option shares. The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was approximately $8,000 and $178,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $5,000 and $36,000, respectively. In 2016, the Company received $35,010 in cash from the exercise of stock options. In 2015, of the 16,933 shares exercised, 9,467 were withheld from the option holders to cover the exercise price of the awards being exercised.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted options to purchase 190,000 shares to two employees at a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $2.66 per share. Four employees exercised their option to purchase 13,312 shares of the Company’s common stock. Thirteen employees resigned and their options to purchase a total of 41,678 shares of the Company’s common stock were forfeited. These employees had resigned with 386,920 shares vested, which if not exercised with 90 days after termination, will be cancelled. Of these vested shares 13,312 shares were exercised and 366,544 shares were cancelled in the period, and 7,064 were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2016.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted options to purchase 75,000 shares to two employees at a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $3.12 per share. Nine employees exercised their option to purchase 16,933 shares of the Company’s common stock. Six employees had resigned and their options to purchase a total of 26,336 shares of the Company’s common stock were forfeited. These employees had resigned with 20,166 shares vested, which if not exercised with 90 days after termination they will be cancelled. Of these vested shares 7,735 were exercised and 5,091 were cancelled in the period, and 7,340 were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2015.

 

   F- 30  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

18. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

Options Granted to Employees (continued)

 

The estimated fair value of share-based compensation to employees is recognized as a charge against income on a ratable basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model under the following assumptions:

 

    For the years ended December 31,
    2016     2015
Dividend yield     -       -
Risk-free interest rate     1.21%-1.4%       1.54%-1.71%
Expected term (in years)     5-6.05       5.0-6.05
Volatility     76.98%-79.55%       78.57%-89.73%

 

Total Share-based Compensation Expense

 

As of December 31, 2016, the gross amount of unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to unvested share-based awards held by employees was approximately $215,000, which the Company anticipates recognizing as a charge against income over a weighted average period of 2.09 years.

 

In connection with the grant of stock options to employees the Company recorded stock-based compensation charges in general and administrative expenses of $317,946 and $653,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. No stock-based compensation charges were recorded for non-employees for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

   F- 31  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

19. Earnings per share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Numerator:                
Net income attributable to the Company     6,117,927       3,854,082  
                 
Denominator:                
Weighted-average shares outstanding                
- Basic     15,105,235       15,096,166  
- Dilutive effects of equity incentive awards     8,679       190,030  
- Diluted     15,113,914       15,286,196  
                 
Net income per share:                
- Basic     0.41       0.26  
- Diluted     0.40       0.25  

 

Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock.

 

555,392 shares of outstanding stock options with a total dilutive effect of 3,435 shares were included in the computation of diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2016. There were 740,001 warrants with a total dilutive effect of 5,244 shares were included in the computation of diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

786,926 shares of outstanding stock options and 31,427 shares of forfeited or cancelled stock options with a total dilutive effect of 150,161 shares were included in the computation of diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were 740,001 warrants with a total dilutive effect of 39,869 shares were included in the computation of diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

   F- 32  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

20. Warrant liability

 

In April 2014, the Company and certain institutional investors entered into a securities purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock in a registered direct offering at a price of $5.05 per fixed combination for aggregate proceeds of $5.05 million.

 

The warrants have an initial exercise price of $6.33 per share and are exercisable until April 17, 2017. The exercise price of the warrants, and in some cases the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, will be subject to appropriate adjustment in relation to certain events. In addition, if the Company issues shares in the future at a price below $6.33 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be reduced to such lower price. No adjustment will be made to the number of shares purchasable in such event.

 

The warrants were classified as a liability. The fair value of the warrants liability is re-measured at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the fair value of warrant liability was $259 and $140,549, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized a gain of $140,290 and $927,125, respectively, on the change in the fair value of the warrant liability.

 

The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Expected volatility     56.79 %     79.85 %
Risk-free interest rate     0.53 %     0.56 %
Expected term (in years)     0.30       1.30  
Dividend rate     -       -  

 

The movement of the warrant for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as following:

 

    Warrants     Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
    Remaining
Contractual Term
in Years
 
          $        
Outstanding, January 1, 2015     500,001       6.33       2.3  
                         
Granted     -       -       -  
Outstanding, December 31, 2015     500,001       6.33       1.3  
                         
Outstanding, January 1, 2016     500,001       6.33       1.3  
                         
Granted     -       -       -  
Outstanding, December 31, 2016     500,001       6.33       0.3  

 

The Company revalued the warrants utilizing a binomial model as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 with no material difference in the value.

 

   F- 33  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

21. Defined contribution plan

 

Full-time employees of the Company in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits (“the Benefits”) are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC operating subsidiaries of the Company make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. Except for contributions made related to the Benefits, the Company has no legal obligation.

 

The total contributions made, which were expensed as incurred, were $1,614,299 and $1,868,879 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

22. Non-controlling interest

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, non-controlling interest related to the 30% minority interest in GZ Highpower in the consolidated balance sheet was $329,343 and $853,483, respectively.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, non-controlling interest related to GZ Highpower in the consolidated statements of operations was loss of $490,150 and $393,812, respectively.

 

23. Commitments and contingencies

 

Operating leases commitments

 

The Company leases factory and office premises under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through years 2017 to 2021, with an option to renew the lease. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis. None of the leases include contingent rentals. Minimum future commitments under these agreements as of December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

For the years ending December 31   $  
2017     2,329,897  
2018     2,033,393  
2019     1,574,790  
2020     920,280  
2021     920,280  
      7,778,640  

 

Rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $1,858,577 and $1,639,444, respectively.

 

Investment commitment

 

On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into the Equity Purchase Agreement with Yipeng and the shareholders. Up to the date of issuance of this consolidated financial statements, the Company postponed the second closing as a result of the unfulfilled contract conditions (See Note 10).

 

   F- 34  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

 

23. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

 

Contingencies

 

On January 14, 2016, FirsTrust China, Ltd (“FirsTrust”) filed an amended complaint in the Delaware Chancery Court (amending its initial complaint filed February 25, 2015) naming Highpower as the defendant asserting a cause of action for breach of contract and conversion of stock, and seeking damages in the form of issuance of 150,000 shares or the value of such shares, plus interest thereon, attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses. On February 4, 2016, Highpower filed an answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaim against FirsTrust asserting claims for equitable rescission, declaratory relief and breach of contract, and seeking rescission of the contract, return of the 200,000 warrants and 150,000 shares of Highpower stock previously issued to FirsTrust, plus interest, attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses. On January 24, 2017, the court denied FirsTrust’s motion for judgment on the pleadings. The parties are continuing with pre-trial discovery, as well as settlement discussions. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and counterclaims and intends to defend and prosecute them vigorously.

 

   F- 35  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

24. Segment information

 

The reportable segments are components of the Company that offer different products and are separately managed, with separate financial information available that is separately evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer, in determining the performance of the business. The Company categorizes its business into three reportable segments, namely (i) Lithium Batteries; (ii) Ni-MH Batteries; and (iii) New Materials.

 

The CODM evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets. Net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets by segments is set out as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Net sales                
Lithium Batteries     112,128,757       78,624,405  
Ni-MH Batteries     57,211,657       64,566,252  
New Materials     4,510,699       2,990,354  
Total     173,851,113       146,181,011  
                 
Cost of Sales                
Lithium Batteries     87,721,456       63,644,284  
Ni-MH Batteries     43,163,019       50,842,135  
New Materials     4,884,167       3,748,516  
Total     135,768,642       118,234,935  
                 
Gross Profit                
Lithium Batteries     24,407,301       14,980,121  
Ni-MH Batteries     14,048,638       13,724,117  
New Materials     (373,468 )     (758,162 )
Total     38,082,471       27,946,076  

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    $     $  
Total Assets                
Lithium Batteries     115,116,508       82,006,317  
Ni-MH Batteries     37,994,369       41,590,201  
New Materials     10,220,873       10,607,966  
Total     163,331,750       134,204,484  

 

   F- 36  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

24. Segment information (continued)

 

All long-lived assets of the Company are located in the PRC. Geographic information about the sales and accounts receivable based on the location of the Company’s customers is set out as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Net sales                
China mainland     101,459,371       68,201,408  
Asia, others     43,764,963       43,547,384  
Europe     17,958,060       26,101,398  
North America     9,371,838       7,450,898  
South America     759,472       499,669  
Africa     284,692       190,489  
Others     252,717       189,765  
      173,851,113       146,181,011  

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    $     $  
Accounts receivable                
China mainland     29,663,633       23,832,388  
Asia, others     10,441,358       6,443,781  
Europe     3,875,979       5,324,389  
North America     2,260,840       433,458  
South America     26,610       -  
Africa     378       55,240  
Others     11,971       50,610  
      46,280,769       36,139,866  

 

   F- 37  

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

25. Related party balance and transaction

 

Related party balance

 

The outstanding amounts of Yipeng were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2016  
    $  
Accounts receivable     7,125,140  
Other receivable (1)     392,110  
Account due from Yipeng     7,517,250  
         
Accounts payable (2)     1,516,557  
Other payable (3)     5,756  
Amount due to Yipeng     1,522,313  

 

(1) Other receivable represented the difference between the transfer of equipment to Yipeng approximately $7.2 million and the capital injection in Yipeng by equipment approximately $6.8 million. The receivable will be settled in 2017.

(2) Accounts payable represented $1.3 million technical support fee and $0.2 million equipment rental fee to Yipeng.

(3) Other payable represented the rental security deposit received from Yipeng and will be returned when the rental contract is due in 2017.

 

Related party transaction

 

The details of the transactions with Yipeng were as follows:

 

    Period from May 2, 2016 to December 31, 2016  
    $  
Income:        
Sales     9,345,285  
Rental income     38,188  
         
Expenses:        
Technical support expenses     992,359  
Equipment rental fees     246,143  
Sales quantity deposit paid     751,416  
Purchase     254  

 

26. Subsequent event

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issuance of the consolidated financial statements and no subsequent event is identified that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

 

   F- 38  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Basic Credit Line Contract

 

Reference: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit zi (2016) No. 0650 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch 

Address: NO.113, Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang town, Shenzhen 

Legal Representative / CEO: Xiaoxia Wen 

Contact: Liang Lili 

Address: NO.113,Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang town, Shenzhen 

Postal Code:518172 Fax:
Tel: Fax:

 

Debtor: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. 

Address: Building A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renmin Street, Danhu, Guanlan Road, Baoan, Shenzhen 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu 

Contact: Pan Dangyu 

Address: Building A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renmin Street, Danhu, Guanlan Road, Baoan, Shenzhen 

Postal Code:518172 Fax:
Tel: Fax:

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, futian, shenzhen

 

Important Prompt

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm the following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or

limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you understand the meaning of this contract and the relevant legal consequences, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplementing and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions on this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

After application, creditor agrees to provide a basic credit line to debtor. To clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, and abide by credit, the contracting parties sign this contract agreed together according to relevant state laws and regulations.

 

 

 

 

Clause 1 Definitions and interpretation

 

Except agreed in writing by the contracting parties, the following words in this contract will be explained as follows:

 

1. Basic credit line: based on comprehensive evaluation of management and risk of debtor, creditor will decide the maximum amount of comprehensive financing principal of debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on.

 

2. Valid period of credit line is one uninterrupted period, during which the debtor can conduct business transactions stipulated under the basic credit line, with creditor’s consent. The basic credit line expires when the valid period of credit ends.

 

3. Balance: creditor will manage and control the balance of various businesses of debtor. The balance is the sum of used credit line, including undue balance and expired outstanding balance, as follows:

 

(1) Undue balance: the sum of undue outstanding debts which are used by debtor according to this contract.

(2) The due unpaid balance is the debt principal balance that the Creditor granted the Debtor, or is entitled for to perform certain legal responsibilities, but remained unpaid at the expiry date.

 

4. Macro contract: Basic credit line contract, which is signed by creditor and debtor.

Sub-contract: the specific business contract signed by two parties voluntarily. This contract is the macro contract of any sub-contracts, any sub-contract is an inalienable part of this contract, and has the same legal effect.

 

5. Principal debt: debt principal, interest and expense resulting from conducting various business transactions under this contract applied by debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (such as issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on. (Including principal, interest, punitive interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damage awards, expenses for realizing financial claim, etc.)

 

Expenses for realizing a financial claim: the money which creditor spends for realizing a financial claim by litigation, arbitration, etc. such as court (arbitration) costs, attorneys’ fees, traveling fees, execution fees, maintenance costs, and other necessary costs for realizing a financial claim.

 

6. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which might have a bad effect on the basic organization of debtor’s company, changes of stockholders, contingent liabilities, cash flows, profitability, core business secrets, important assets, significant claims and debts, repayment ability, other transactions which are considered as significant transactions by creditor and/or debtor.

 

7. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which may have bad effect on executives’ operational capability, employment and termination of core staff, core business secrets, core competence, basic organization, legality, stability, development, profitability, repayment ability, other things which are considered as significant things by creditor and/or debtor.

 

 

 

 

8. Workday mentioned in this contract refers to a banking day. If the drawdown date or the repayment date is on a legal holiday, then it is delayed to the first working day after the holiday.

 

Clause 2 Credit Line

 

1. The maximum amount of basic credit line is RMB (in words) FIFTY MILLION YUAN ONLY. If debtor uses foreign currency in specific business, the foreign currency will be converted to RMB according to the exchange rate announced by creditor on the date when the applicable sub-contract is signed, and will be included in credit line.

 

2. Decomposition of credit line

 

(1) Working capital loan: RMB 20,000,000

(2) Bank acceptance: RMB50,000,000

(3) Standby letter of credit: RMB 50,000,000

 

3. If the Debtor repays the used line of credit within valid period of credit line, the equivalent amount of credit line recovers automatically.

 

4. The financing balance should not be more than RMB 50,000,000, including all debts used by debtor according to this contract, and the single credit line cannot be more than RMB 50,000,000.

 

Clause 3 Valid Period and Adjustment of Credit Line

 

1. Valid period of credit line under this contract is from Oct 28th 2016 to Oct 28th 2017.

 

2. This contract is not the definite obligation of creditor, in any circumstance, creditor has the right to adjust or cancel the credit line and valid period under this contract partly or completely without the consent of debtor. Foregoing “any circumstance” includes but not limited following situations:

 

(1) debtor has significant operational difficulties and risks;

(2) debtor has significant changes in ownership or contingent debt;

(3) debtor has significant changesin its operational mechanism (including but not limited discrete, merger, termination, etc.);

(4) debtor gets hit with credit downgrade and which increasesrisk of repayment;

(5) the situation and conditions of one transaction, which Debtor works on, have significant changes;

(6) the statements and commitments of debtor mentioned in clause 7 become invalid;

(7) other creditors think it is necessary to change, adjustment or canceldebtor’s credit line.

 

3. If debtor needs to increase temporary the credit line because of a change of situation or special project, debtor can apply for special credit line from creditor, which can only be used for special project, and should not be used as cycle.

 

Clause 4 Repayment and adjustment of advance in cash and receipt under different credit line

 

Creditor has the right to use the funds received under one or more of the lines to repay the advanced money which is used according to this contract, without the consent of debtor and guarantor.

 

Clause 5 Guarantee Measures

 

1. The following contracts are guarantee contracts of this contract and sub-contracts.

 

(1)REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2016) No. 0650

 

 

 

 

"Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co Ltd, mode: guarantee;

(2) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2016) No. 0650A "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Dangyu Pan, mode: guarantee;

 

2. Before the signing of guarantee contracts and completing the guarantee procedures, creditor has the right to refuse handling an application for using the credit line under this contract, and providing the loans under this contract and sub-contracts.

 

3. The maximum guarantee for all debts under the credit line should be provided by the above guarantors (guarantor, mortgagor or pledger), except as agreed by creditor, debtor and guarantor.

 

4. If following things happen to the guarantor under this contract, creditor has the right to take measures according to clause 9 of this contract.

 

(1) Guarantor violates the maximum guarantee contract; a deterioration of guarantor’s credit position; or other things, which may damage guarantee ability happen;

(2) Mortgager violates the maximum mortgage contract; damages mortgage intentionally; the value of mortgage might has been reduced obviously; or other things which damage the hypothecation of creditor;

(3) Pledger violates the maximum pledge contract; the value of pledge has been reduced obviously; or the right of pledge has to be cashed in advance; or other things which damage the pledge of creditor.

 

Clause 6 The Rights and Obligations of Creditor

 

1. During credit period, if the accumulated total balance used by debtor is less than the maximum capital limit, creditor will review a loan application which is within the limit from debtor.The application will be accepted if it meets each of the conditions and requirements requested by creditor. If Creditor is unable to make a substantive examination because of debtor or any other reasons, it should not constitute a defense. Debtor and guarantor give up considering it as a defense.

 

2. Creditor has the right to acquire the accounting statements and other operational information of debtor.Debtor should provide its marketing plan, investment plan and demand for funds.Creditor will keep debtor’s business secret.

 

3. In order to achieve the purpose of financing under this contract, the debtor should provide a full, effective guarantee, which is recognized by creditor. If debtor or guarantor violates the contract, creditor has the right to seize any form of assets of the Debtor or Guarantor that the Creditor possesses

 

Clause 7 Representations and Commitments of Debtor

 

Debtor makes the following representations and commitments voluntarily, and assumes legal responsibility for the reality of the content.

 

1. Debtor is a legal representative, which is established according to the laws of People’s Republic of China, with full capacity for civil conduct. Debtor promises to provide related information requested by creditor.

 

2. Debtor can perform all obligations and responsibilities under this contract, and will assume the repayment responsibility in any conditions.

 

3. Debtor has the right to sign this contract, and has acquired all legal approvals and authorities.

 

 

 

 

4. Signing this contract is allowed by debtor’s articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors. This contract will not conflict with the articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors and policies of debtor.

 

5. Signing and performing this contract is the true willing decision of debtor. Signing and performing the above contract will not violate the laws and regulations, rules and agreements which can limit debtor. This contract is legal and enforceable, and if this contract become invalid because debtor does not have full capacity to sign this contract, debtor should repay all losses of creditor.

 

6. All documents, financial statements and other information, which are provided by debtor under this contract, are true, complete, accurate and effective.

 

7. Debtor agrees that bank business under this contract is limited to the regulations, conventions and practices of creditor, and the power of interpretation belongs to creditor.

 

8. Debtor cannot change its equity structure or major executives without written consent of creditor.

 

9. If debtor does not perform obligations according to this contract and sub-contract, debtor grants creditor the right to obtain relevant money from any account which is opened in creditor by debtor.

 

10. In any transactions after signing this contract, if the debtor submits any documents related to a specific transaction to creditor for auditing, debtor promises all documents are true.Creditor neither participates in nor knows the essence of transaction, and will not take any responsibility.

 

11. The debtor confirms it has no further litigation, arbitration, or administrative litigation in property, liquidation or issues with going out of business, except situations which have been disclosure in writing to creditor.

 

12. If creditor is involved in litigation, arbitration or another dispute because of performing the obligations under this contract,the litigation or arbitration fees, legal fees and other expenses of creditor will be borne by the debtor.

 

13. All settlement businesses under this contract should be handled through the settlement account open in creditor.

 

14. The debtor provides full, effective or other appropriate acceptable guarantee approved by the creditor. For the house mortgage, if the house will be removed, the debtor shall promptly inform the creditor to fulfill obligations; if mortgage houses were demolished, the creditor has the right to require the debtor to pay off the debt in advance, or reset the mortgage and sign a new security agreement. During the loss of the original guarantee and the new mortgage registration has not been completed, the debtor should provide the secured party as guarantees; For the way of compensation to compensate for the demolition of real estate, the creditor will be responsible for requesting relocation compensation as guarantee through the opening margin accounts or certificates of deposit , etc.

 

Clause 8 Debtor has the obligation to disclosure significant transactions and events to creditor.

 

1. Debtor should inform creditor of significant transactions and events of debtor in writing timely.

 

2. If debtor is a group company, debtor should inform creditor of its related transactions which are more than 10% of creditor’s net assets, including but not limited to :

 

(1) the relationship of the parties in the transaction;

(2) transactions and transaction properties;

(3) the amount of transaction and relevant proportion;

(4) pricing policy.

 

3. During valid period of this contract, stock transfers, reorganizations, mergers, discrete, shareholding reforms, joint ventures, cooperations, joint operations, contracts, leases, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfers, contingent liabilities, or anything which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in writing 30 days in advance.

 

 

 

 

4. A termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involvment in a major business dispute, or anything may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in 7 days by writingfrom the date the above thing took place.

 

5. When debtor becomes involveed in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or any other significant thing which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility occurs, creditor should be notified in writing within 7 days from the date debtor receives relevant notice.

 

6. The debtor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with a third party to damage creditor’s rights.

 

Clause 9 Default and default Liability

 

1. After this contract comes into force, the creditor and the debtor should perform the obligations as agreed in the contract. If any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill its obligations of this contract, it should bear the corresponding liability for breach the contract.

 

2. If any of the following situations occur, creditor has the right to terminate the unused credit line under this contract, and ask the debtor to repay all financing, payable interest and other expenses under this contract immediately.The date the creditor asks the debtor to repay the money is the advanced expiration date:

 

(1) any information provided by debtor or the statements and commitments stated in clause 7 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading;

(2) deterioration of debtor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

(3) the cross default agreed in clause 10 of this contract occurs to the debtor, the affiliated enterprise of the debtor, the guarantor, or the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor;

(4) the debtor violates the obligations agreed to in a sub-contract of this contract;

(5) the debtor fails to repay the principal, interest and expenses of one financing under this contract on schedule;

(6) the debtor stops repaying its own debt, or cannot repay due debt;

(7) stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

(8) other thing which may damage creditor’s right.

 

 3. If the debtor defaults, creditor has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) suspending or reducing the sum of financing, until cancelling all agreed line of financing;

(2) announcing complete or part of debtor’s debt expirein advance;

(3) terminating this contract, and asking debtor to repay all debt and pay relevant expenses;

(4) the debtor should pay punitive interest for overdue debt;

(5) the debtor should pay punitive interest for misappropriation of the loan;

(6) requiring the debtor to pay full compensation for losses.

 

 

 

 

Clause 10 the cross-defaulting

 

If one of the following events occurs to the debtor or affiliated enterprises of the debtor, and the guarantor or the affiliated enterprises of the guarantor, it will be considered that debtor default as well, the creditor have the right to recover loan in advance according to this contract or its sub-contract, and require the debtor to be liable for breach of contract according to the contract:

 

(1) any loan, financing or debt defaults or may default, or be called for repayment in advance;

(2) any guarantee or similar obligation fails to be performed or might fail;

(3) the non-performance or violation of the relevant debt guarantee and other similar obligations of legal document or contract or might;

(4) failure to repay due debts or borrowing/financing;

(5) be declared bankrupt by the legal procedure or may be so declared;

(6) other situations that endanger the safety of the money under this contract.

 

  Clause 11 the continuity of obligation

 

All obligations of the debtor under this contract have the same effect on its heir apparent, agent, receiver, orassignee, even after a merger, reorganization, or change of name.

 

Clause 12 accelerated maturity terms of principal and interest

 

The debtor and the guarantor agree that once the debtor fails to perform the statements and commitments of Clause 7, or the debtor fails to perform any obligation under this contract, the creditor has the right to decide that any other obligations include all outstanding principal, interest (including punitive interest and compound interest) and relevant expenses become due immediately.

 

Clause 13 The Priority Right of Subrogation Arrangement

 

The debtor states herein, once the debtor defaults or is unable to repay due principal, interest and fees, and doesnot have enough property to repay advanced money to creditor,creditor has the right of subrogation on any claim, accounts receivable and other property rights of the debtor. The debtor and the guarantor are willing to give up the defense to creditor according to article 28 of “Guarantee Law”.

 

Clause 14 Offset Arrangement

 

1. If the debtor or the guarantor fail to repay maturing debt or pay the debt upon early maturity, the creditor has the right to directly withhold money on any account of the debtor to repay the debt. If the currency in the debtor’s account is different from the currency of principal debt, the withholding money will be calculated on the rate of withholding day.

 

2. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any reason or any third party’s offset right.

 

3. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any offset right of the debtor, the guarantor or any third party.

 

Clause 15 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Signing, effectiveness, performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement of this contract is applicable for the laws of People’s Republic of China.

 

2. For any dispute of this contract, the debtor and the creditor should resolve through friendly negotiations. If negotiation fails, both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) way:

 

(2) Applying for arbitration to the Shenzhen Arbitration Commission, resolving the dispute by applicable rules of the Arbitration Commission, the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

 

3. In the dispute period, the provisions which are not involved in the dispute still should be carried out according to this contract.

 

Clause 16 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. Any documents, communications and notifications under this contract will be sent to each partyaccording to the address, phone number or other contact methods on the cover of this contract.

 

2. If the contact method of one party changed, the other party should be informed immediately, otherwise the party which does not inform its change to the other must bear full responsibility for all the consequences.

 

3. Any documents, communications and notifications are sent according to above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the sending day after five working days;

(2) by facsimile or other electronic communication, it will be deemed to arrive on sending day;

(3) by personal service, the date of signing is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

4. The two sides agree that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staff of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Clause 17 Effectiveness, Modification of This Contract and Other Matters

 

1. The contract will take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties.

 

2. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor’s giving to the debtor and the guarantor ofany tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the debtor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

3. As a result of national laws and regulations or regulatory policy change, which leads to loan obligations of the creditor under this contract not conforming to the laws and regulations or regulatory requirements, the creditor has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract, announceall of the loan is due in advance, and the debtor should pay off the loan immediately.

 

4. If the creditor cannot issue the loan or pay on time because of force majeure, the failure of communication or network, or the failure of creditor’s system, the creditor does not assume any responsibility, but should promptly notifythe debtor.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branches of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, which is approvedby the debtor, and without prior consent of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

6. The debtor agrees that the creditor has the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the unused loan under the contract according to the debtor’s production and operation situation, situation of payment orcredit of other financial institutions. The creditor should notify the debtor five working days before reduce or cancel the loans, without prior consent of the debtor.

 

7. At any time, any provision of this contract in any way is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions under the contract is not affected.

 

8. The heading of this contract is just for the convenience of reading, which shall not be used for interpretation or any other purposes.

 

9. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

10. This contract is in quadruplicate, the creditor holds three copies, the debtor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Clause 18 The Notarization and Voluntarily to Accept Compulsory Execution

 

1. The contract should be notarized by the state notary office for if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt, or the creditor realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Clause 19 The Supplementary Terms and Conditions:

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Pan Dangyu

 

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172 Tel.:  
     
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:  
     
Zip Code: Tel.:  

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨ Post;   ¨  Fax, No.                        ; ¨ E-mail, Address: ;

 

¨ SMS, Receiving No.:

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [COMPANY SEAL]

The Creditor (official seal):

The legal representative (signature):

 

The Debtor (official seal):

The legal representative (signature):

/s/ Dangyu Pan

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(a)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract 

(Apply to lines of credit)

Reference: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2016) No. 0650A

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

Address: parkland, longxiang road, longgang town,shenzhen

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Pan Dangyu

ID NO:

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier ("creditor") to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or "debtor"). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

2. The "claims" or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers' acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

 

 

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The "principal" refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers' acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The "guaranteed maximum principal" means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The "validity of guarantee" refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

6. "The cost of the claim for the creditor" refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. "Master Contract" means credit contract (that is, "General Agreement") and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

"Sub-contract" means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This "working day" refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin ShenLonggang credit zi (2016) No. 0650), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB fifty million only, credit period is from Oct 28 th 2016 to Oct 28 th 2017.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) SIXTY MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from Oct 28 th 2016 to Oct 28 th 2017.

 

 

 

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor's request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract ("the secured claims") refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

 

 

 

6. The warranty period of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor's request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority's approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor's policies.

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor's true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

 

 

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people's bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1.Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

 

 

 

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1. The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2. The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

4. This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor's rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor's rights, still for the creditor's rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5. The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor's rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don't pay dividends.

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don't need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

 

 

 

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor's solvency.

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor's liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 the independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor's obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 the continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor's obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of "security law".

 

Article 17 offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Pan Dangyu

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172                    Tel.:

 

Designated Agent (if any):                           Detailed Address:

 

 

 

 

Zip Code:                                   Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

¨ Post; ¨ Fax, No.                 ; ¨ E-mail, Address:                             ;

 

¨ SMS, Receiving No.:

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 the contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6.The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7.The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 the notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

  Article 22 supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]

the legal representative (signature):

 

The guarantor :

the guarantor (signature):Pan Dangyu ID NO:

The guarantor's spouse special commitment:

Himself as a surety of a spouse, as well as the performance of this guarantee contract agreed to the guarantor, have to pay special attention to the contract terms and related rights and obligations and black restrict or exemption clauses, and on a comprehensive and accurate understanding and the terms of the contract is given priority to with the common property of husband and wife agreed to in accordance with the contract debt under contract to provide joint liability guarantee.

 

Signature: Yin Zhoutao ID:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(b)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

(Apply to lines of credit)

Reference: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2016) No. 0650

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

Address: parkland, longxiang road, longgang town,shenzhen

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier ("creditor") to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or "debtor"). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

2. The "claims" or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers' acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

 

 

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The "principal" refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers' acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The "guaranteed maximum principal" means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The "validity of guarantee" refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

6. "The cost of the claim for the creditor" refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. "Master Contract" means credit contract (that is, "General Agreement") and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

"Sub-contract" means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This "working day" refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin ShenLonggang credit zi (2016) No. 0650), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB fifty million only, credit period is from Oct 28 th 2016 to Oct 28 th 2017.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

  

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) SIXTY MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from Oct 28 th 2016 to Oct 28 th 2017.

 

 

 

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor's request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract ("the secured claims") refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

 

 

 

6. The warranty period of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor's request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority's approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor's policies.

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor's true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

 

 

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people's bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1.Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

 

 

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1. The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2. The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

4. This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor's rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor's rights, still for the creditor's rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5. The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor's rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don't pay dividends.

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don't need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

 

 

 

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor's solvency.

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor's liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 the independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor's obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 the continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor's obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of "security law".

 

Article 17 offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

  

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Pan Dangyu

 

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172              Tel.:

Designated Agent (if any):                          Detailed Address:

 

 

 

 

Zip Code:                                   Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨ Post; ¨ Fax, No.                   ; ¨ E-mail, Address:                            ;

 

¨ SMS, Receiving No.:

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 the contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6.The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7.The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 the notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]

the legal representative (signature):

 

The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]

the legal representative (signature):

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

Working Capital Loan Contract

 

Reference No. : 2016nianzhenzhongyinbujiezi No.0109

Party A: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd

Business License:

Legal Representative: Dangyu Pan

Address: Building 1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu, Longgang, Shenzhen;

Postal code: 518000

Deposit A/C and financial institutions: Bank of China, Pinghu Sub-branch, Shenzhen,

Telephone: ; Facsimile:

 

Party B: Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch.

Legal Representative: DENG ZHENGBO

Address: 108, Buji Road, Buji Town, Longgang District, Shenzhen; Postal code: 518000

Telephone: ; Facsimile:

 

Borrowers and lenders through equal consultation, the lender to the borrower liquidity loan agreement and conclude the contract.

 

This contract is the affiliated specific credit contract under the “Comprehensive Credit Line Contract” (Reference No.: 2016zhenzhongyinebuxiezi No. 0000444), which is signed by Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch.

 

Clause 1 Amount

 

Party B agrees to provide the following loan:

Currency in: RMB

Amount: RMB Ten millions only

RMB 10,000,000.00

 

Clause 2 Period

 

The period of the loan is 12 months starting from the first withdrawal date in part or in whole. It is Party A’s obligation to withdraw funds on the date as agreed. Any late withdrawal will not result in delay/extension of repayment.

 

Clause 3 Use of loan

 

Purpose of loan: Purchase of raw materials

Party A is prohibited from changing the use of loan without Party B’s written approval. The restrictions include but are not limited to changing the use of loan to fixed assets or equity investments, as well as production activities prohibited by the central governments.

 

Clause 4 lending rate and interest calculations

 

1.Lending rate is floating rate, which is reset every 12 months starting from the first withdrawal date. The rate resetting date is the first day of each floating period.

For each withdrawal in installments:

■ RMB floating rate

 

A. First withdrawal (during the first floating period) interest rate is the twelve-month benchmark lending interest rate, set by Interbank rates, plus 92;

 

 

 

 

B. On the interest resetting date, the new interest rate is the spot one-year lending interest rate, benchmarked by Interbank rates, plus 92 on all outstanding loan amounts.

 

2. Interest calculation

 

Interest is calculated starting from the actual withdrawal date on the actual amount of money withdrawn and the number of days outstanding.

Interest calculation formula: Interest = Principal × actual number of days × daily rate.

Daily rate calculation is: daily rate = APR / 360.

 

3. The method of interest settlement

 

Interest settlement takes place on the 20th of each month, the 21st is the interest payment date.

If the final loan principal payment date is different from the interest payment date, the borrower should pay off all interest on the principal payment date.

 

4. Penalty interest

 

(1) For the loan overdue or violated use the loan purpose, penalty interest rate will apply to the loan amount that is overdue or misappropriated from the date of overdue or misappropriation until the principal and interest are paid off.

On both overdue and misappropriation of loans, a higher penalty interest rate shall be charged.

(2) If the borrower does not pay interest and/or penalty interest by the interest payment date, the interest is calculated based on Clause 3 and 4.

(3) Penalty rate

■ The penalty interest rate on floating-rate loans

 

According to the floating period and the method of floating as agreed in Clause 1, the penalty interest rate of the overdue loan shall be the agreed interest rate plus 50%, and the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan shall be the agreed interest rate plus 100%;

 

Clause 5 Withdrawal Conditions

 

Withdrawal must meet the following conditions:

 

1. This contract and its attachments have become effective.

 

2. Party A has provided guarantees requested by Party B, and the guarantee contract has become effective and has accomplished legal procedures of approval and registration.

 

3. Party A has provided Party B with loan documents, seals, personnel list, specimen signature, and complete the relevant evidence.

 

4. Party A has opened the account for fulfilling this contract requested by Party B.

 

5. Party A should submit written withdrawal application, documentary proof for using of loans and complete the relevant formalities for withdrawal before 5 banking days.

 

6. Party A has submitted resolution books and power of attorney signed by the board or other authorities to Party B.

Withdrawal can be refused by Party B if Party A has not met the above conditions, but agreed by Party B.

 

Clause 6 Date and method of withdrawal

 

1. All loans should be withdrawn in 30 days from 16 Nov 2016.

 

2. Party B has the right to refuse the withdrawal application of unused loan which is over the date of withdrawal.

 

 

 

 

Clause 7 Payment of the loan

 

1. The account

 

The loan should be granted and paid through the account opened by Party A:

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number:

 

2. The way of payment

 

(1) The way of payment should be in accordance with laws and regulations, regulatory requirements and the contract. The way of single payment of the Loan should be approved in written withdrawal application. Party B has the right to change the way of payment or stop providing the loan if the way of payment in the application doesn’t meet the requirement.

(3) Borrower makes the payment on its own.

(4) The change of payment. The way of payment should be changed when the payment, credit rating or other conditions of Party A has changed after submitting withdrawal application. Party A should provide the written change application, should resubmit the withdrawal application and documentary proof for using of loans if the sum, payment object or the use of loans has changed.

 

3. The specific requirements of entrusted payment

 

(1) Entrusted payment. Party B pay to the specified account directly which is written in this contract, including the name of account, account number and the sum of payment.

(2) To provide the transaction information. Party A should provide the account of loans, the account information of counterparty and relevant documents when entrusted payment. All document provided to Party B should be true, integral and effective, or Party B does not assume any responsibility for failed transaction, and occurred repayment obligations do not be affected.

(3) Party B’s obligations under the entrusted payment

 

A. Party B pay to the specified account after examination and approval of Party A’s commission books and other related transaction information when entrusted payment.

 

B. If Party B found that the proof materials and other related trading purposes material provided by Party A does not comply with this contract or the presence of other defects, Party B has the right to require Party A to supplement, replace, description or re-submit the relevant materials. Before these materials are submitted, Party B has the right to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant amounts.

 

C. Party B will assume no responsibility and the generated obligations of Party A will be not affected if Party B cannot pay the loan to the counterparty in time in accordance with payment order of Party A because of the refund by opening bank of the counterparty. Party A hereby authorizes Party B to freeze the fund returned by opening bank of the counterparty. In this case, Party A shall resubmit the payment order and use proven materials and other related transaction materials.

 

(4) Party A shall not piecemeal way to circumvent the trustee to pay Party B.

 

5. Party B has right to redefine the terms of payment and loan disbursement or stop the loan if the following situations occurred:

 

(1) Party A violates the contract to circumvent entrusted payment of Party B by piecemeal way.

(2) Party A's credit status drops or main business profitability is not good.

(3) The use of loan is abnormal.

(4) Party A fails to provide the records and information of the loan requested by Party B timely.

(5) Party A contravenes this section to use the loan.

 

 

 

 

Clause 8 Repayment

 

1. Party A shall specify the following account as capital recovery account and provide the information of this account. Party B has the right to ask Party A to explain inflows and outflows of large-sum and abnormal capital, as well as monitor capital recovery account.

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number:

 

2. Except otherwise agreed, on the expiry date, Party A must repay all the loans under this contract.

If Party A wants to change the plan of repayment, a written application confirmed in writing by both parties jointly should be submitted in 10 banking days before the loans maturity.

 

3. Unless otherwise agreed, Party A has the right to decide repayment order of the principal or interest. If there are several expiring loans or overdue loans which are repaid in installment way under this contract, Party B has the right to decide the liquidation sequence of a repayment. Party B has the right to decide the priority of the repayment order if multiple contracts expire at the same time.

 

4. Unless otherwise agreed, Party A can repay in advance, but Party A should notice Party B in written 15 banking days advance. The amount of the first advance payment used to repay the final maturity of the loan, in reverse order to repay the loans.

 

5. Party A must deposit funds in the following account three banking days advance of every expiring principle with interest. Party B has the right to take the funds from the account on the expiry date.

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number:

 

Clause 9 Guarantee

 

1.          To ensure that borrowing under this agreement is repaid, the following guarantees shall be adopted:

 

1)          This contract is the main contract of Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount (NO: 2016ZHENZHONGYINBUBAOEZI00444A) signed by SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. (Guarantor) and Party B. Guarantor provides the maximum amount guarantee.

 

2)         This contract is the main contract of Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount (NO: 2016ZHENZHONGYINBUBAOEZI00444B) signed by DAGNYU PAN (Guarantor) And Party B. Guarantor provides the maximum amount guarantee.

 

3)         This contract is the main contract of Pledge Contract of Maximum Amount (NO: 2016ZHENZHONGYINBUDIEZI0044) signed by SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. And Party B.

 

2.          Under certain circumstance, Party B believes that will affect the capacity for fulfilling the contract of Party A or Guarantor, or Guarantee Contracts are invalid, revoked or dissolved, or the financial position of Party A/Guarantor deteriorate or Party A/Guarantor involved in litigation issues, or other factors which might affect its repayment ability, or guarantors were found default in other contracts with Party B, or devaluation, dismiss or damage of collaterals which might cause the value of the collaterals slaked or losses, Party B reserves the right to request Party A and Party A has the obligation to add or replace the guarantor.

 

Clause 10 Statement and Commitment

 

1.          Party A’s statement:

 

 

 

 

1)          Party A is legally register and exist with full capacity for civil rights and civil conduct;

 

2)          Signing and performing the contract is the true will of Party A, Party A has been granted all legal and valid authorizations before signing the contract. The contract does not form a default for other contracts signed and performed by Party A and other legal documents. It is Party A’s responsibility to complete all required approvals, registrations, permits and filings.

 

3)          All document and information, financial statement, certificates and other materials provided by Party A to Party B are true, complete, accurate and effective.

 

4)          All the transactions mentioned by Party A for apply specific credit line should be real and not for illegal purposes such as: money laundry.

 

5)          No hidden events regarding Party A and guarantor’s financial and repayment abilities.

 

6)          Party A and the loan project reach the national environmental standards, not in the list of the enterprises which have problems of energy consumption and pollution, don’t have the risk of energy consumption and pollution.

 

2.          Party A’s commitment:

 

1)          Party A shall submit the financial statements and other relevant information regularly, including but not limited to annual, quarterly and monthly financial reports.

 

2)          Any counter-guarantee agreement between the guarantors and Party A will not affect the Party B’s underlying rights under this contract.

 

3)          Cooperated in Party B’s exam and inspection on the utilization of the loan as well as Party A’s financials and operations.

 

4)          Under circumstances Party A or Guarantor’s capability of performing the contract might be affected, Party A should notify Party B in written in time. Those circumstances included but not limited to merger, division, decrease of capital, equity transfer, investment, a substantial increase of debt financing, a major asset and credit assignment.

Party A should notify Party B in time, when the following things occurred:

 

A. changes of articles of association, the scope of business, registered capital and legal representative of Party A or Guarantor.

 

B. Any form of management mode change, including joint operation, invest and cooperate with foreigners, contract management, reorganization, restructuring, listing plan.

 

C. Party A is involved in major litigation or arbitration, or property or collateral is seized, detained or regulated, or set new guarantee in collateral.

 

D. Out of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspend business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of the business license or (be) filed for bankruptcy.

 

E. Shareholders, directors and senior management personnel suspected of serious cases or economic disputes.

 

F. Default events in other contracts.

 

G. Operating difficulties and financial situation has deteriorated.

 

(5) The repayment to Party B prior to shareholders, and is comparable to other creditors of the same kind debts.

Party A is prohibited to repay the loan to shareholders before paying off the principal and interests under the contract.

 

(6) If Party A fails to pay principal, interests and fees on time in the fiscal year, any form of dividends is forbidden.

 

 

 

 

(7) Party A cannot dispose of assets to reduce its debt paying ability and promises the total amount of external guarantee is not 1 time higher than its net assets, and the total amount of external guarantee and the amount of single guarantee shall not exceed the limitation set by the articles of association.

 

(8) Except the use agreed in this contract or agreed by Party B, Party A is prohibited to transfer the loans to other accounts or related accounts.

Party A should provide documentary proof when the loan is transferred to other accounts or related accounts.

 

(9) Party B has the right to call the loan advanced according to the situation of capital return of Party A.

Clause 11 disclosure of the affiliated transaction inside Party A 's group

Party A is a Group customer confirmed by Party B according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business"(hereinafter referred to as “guideline”). During the credit period, Party A shall promptly report to Party B about more than 10% of net assets associated with the transaction, including but not limited to: the parties to the transaction of the association; trading program and nature of the transaction; the amount of the transaction or the corresponding ratio; pricing policies (including no amount or only nominal amounts of transactions).

 

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally decide to suspend the unused loan and recover part or all of the principal and interest of the loan in advance: use the false contracts which are signed with affiliated parties to discount or pledge at bank and to obtain bank funds or credit with notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background; the occurrence of major mergers, acquisitions and reorganization which are considered by Party B may affect the loan safety; evasion or discarding of bank debts on purpose through affiliated transactions; other circumstances stipulated in article eighteenth of "guidelines".

 

Clause 12 Breach of Covenants

 

Each of the following events and issues constitute Party A in the event of default under the contract:

 

1.          Party A did not perform the repayment obligation under this contract;

 

2.          Party A has not used the credit funds according to agreed purposes, or has not paid the loan by agreed way in this contract;

 

3.          Party A’s statements in this contract are untrue or in violation with commitments made by Party A in this contract.

 

4.          Under the circumstance defined in 2.(4) of Clause 10, Party A refused to provide additional guarantee or replacement of a new guarantor.

 

5.          Deterioration of credit, or profitability, debt paying ability, operating ability, cash flow and other financial indicators of Party A deteriorate, breaking the contract index constraint agreed or other financial covenants.

6.          Party A breaches other contracts signed with Party B or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

 

7.          Guarantors breach contracts, or have default events with Party B or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

 

8.          The termination of business or dissolution, revocation or bankruptcy of Party A.

 

9.          Party A is or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets were seized, detained or enforced, or investigated or punished by the judicial organ or taxation, industry and commerce administrative organs in accordance with the law, has been or may affect its ability to fulfill the obligations under this contract.

 

 

 

 

10.         Abnormal change, missing, legal restriction of personal liberty and investigation by judicial authorities of Party A’s major individual investors, key management personnel, which have been or may affect Party A to fulfill the obligations under this contract.

 

11.         Party B finds the problems which may affect the borrower or guarantor's financial situation and performance capabilities when reviewing Party A’s financial condition and performance capabilities every year (every year from the effective date of the contract);

 

12.         Party A cannot provide materials to Party B to explain large and abnormal capital inflow and outflow in the account.

 

13.         Party A is in violation with other rights and obligations agreed in this contract.

 

When any of the above situations occurred, Party B will perform the following in separate or all at the same time according to the specific situation:

 

1)          Require Party A or Guarantor to rectify defaults within a definite time.

 

2)          Reduce completely or partly, pause or terminate Party A’s Credit limit.

 

3)          Pause or terminate completely or partly Party A’s business applications in this contract or in other contracts between Party A and Party B specific credit line under this contract. Pause or terminate completely or partly, or cancel or stop offering, paying and settling the unissued loans and unsettled trade financing.

 

4)          Announce the immediate expiration on all or part of the outstanding loans, principle and interest of trade financing and other accounts payable under this contract or other contracts between Party A and Party B.

 

5)          Terminate or release this contract, terminate or release contracts between Party A and Party B completely or partly.

 

6)          Require compensation from Party A on the losses caused by Party A to Party B.

 

7)          Deduct the fund from Party A’s deposit accounts to pay off the debts to Party B under this contract. All the undue funds in the accounts were considered as acceleration of maturity. If the currency in deposit account is different from the currency of Party B’s loans, the exchange rate on the date of the hold in custody will be applied.

 

8)          Real rights of pledge will be executed.

 

9)          Require Guarantors assume liability of guaranty.

 

10)        Other necessary or probable procedures on Party B’s concern.

 

Clause 13 Rights reserved

 

One party does not perform part or all of the rights under this contract, nor does not require the other party to perform, undertake part or all of the obligations and responsibilities, which does not mean the abdication of the right or exemption of the obligation and responsibility.

 

Any tolerance, extension or delay from one party to another party for exercising of rights under this contract does not affect the rights one party enjoys according to this contract and laws and regulations, and does not mean the abdication of the right.

 

Clause 14 Changes, Modification, Termination

 

Upon negotiation and agreed by both parties, this contract can be changed and modified by written. Any of the changes and modifications should form the inseparable part of this contract.

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise provided for in any law or regulation or stipulated between the parties, this contract would not be terminated prior to all the rights and obligations are fulfilled.

 

Unless otherwise provided for in any law or regulation or stipulated between the parties, the invalidation of single terms under this contract should not affect the validation of other terms under this contract.

 

Clause 15 Applicable Law and Resolution for Dispute

 

1. This contract is applicable to the laws of People’s Republic of China.

During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. If negotiation cannot reach agreement, both parties can apply to the local people's court of Party A or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

 

Clause 16 Attachments

 

The Appendix hereof and the other appendix confirmed by both parties shall form an integral part of this contract, and shall be of legally equal effect with this contract.

 

1.          Withdrawal application;

 

Clause 17 Other terms and conditions

 

1.          Without Party B’s written approval, Party A is not allowed to transfer the rights and obligations under this contract to the 3rd Parties.

 

2.          Party A should give the consent that Party B might somehow authorize other affiliated institution of Bank of China to perform the obligation. The performing party entitles all the rights and obligations under this contract, the performing party reserves the rights to appeal a resolution of dispute if necessary.

 

3.          The contract has equivalent restrictions to the successors or inherits of both parties.

 

4.          Unless otherwise agreed, the domicile addresses stated in this contract are for corresponding use; both parties should notify each other in writing about any changes of its domicile addresses.

 

5.          The transactions under the contract based on independent interests. According to relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, other parties of the transaction constitutes a connected party or associated persons, any party shall not seek to use this relationship to affect the fair of transaction.

 

6.          The title and name of business in this contract is only for business purposes, will not be used for interpretation of the contract terms, the rights and obligations.

 

7.          In accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations, supervision, Party B has the right to provide the information of this contract and other relevant information to the credit system of the people's Bank of China and other legally established credit information database, for organizations or individuals who have the appropriate qualifications to query and use.

 

8.          If the drawdown date or the repayment date is in legal holidays, then it is delayed to the first working day after the holidays.

 

9.          If required by the governing institutions, Party B might not be able to perform the obligations agreed in this contract, Party B has the right to stop or change the contract or its clauses, and Party B is exempted from punishment under this circumstance.

 

 

 

 

Clause 18 Effective of the contract

 

This contract enters into force upon the date when it is signed or sealed and affixed with official seals by the legal representatives or entrusted agents of Party A and Party B.

 

This contract is signed in quadruplicate, each party holds two copies, which have the equal legal effect.

 

/s/ [Stamp of Party A]

Signature

 

/s/ [Stamp of Party B]

Signature

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

REF: ZH78191612003

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one Definitions and interpretation
Chapter two The maximum credit limits and Specific line of credit
Chapter three The period of credit
Chapter four Usage of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit
Chapter five The Fees
Chapter six Adjustment of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit
Chapter seven Guarantee
Chapter eight Commitment of Party B
Chapter nine Commitment of Party A
Chapter ten Effect of Contract
Chapter eleven Disputes and Resolution
Chapter twelve Integrity of the Contract
Chapter thirteen Supplementary Provisions

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

Party A: SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD

Add: Building A, Industrial Area, Renmin Road, Guanlan street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen , china

Legal Representative: Pan Dangyu

Tel:

Fax:

 

Party B : China everbright bank CO.,LTD Shenzhen Branch

Add : No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin , Futian district ,

shenzhen , guangdong ,

Tel :

Fax :

 

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, such as “Republic of China on Commercial Banks” and “Interim Measures of commercial banks authorize and credit”and“Guidelines for Risk Management of Credit business of Commercial Bank Group's customers” , Based on equality, voluntariness, the principle of good faith,Party A and Party B make the agreement after the equal consultations, and both of them are willing to follow all terms of the contract.

 

Part 1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1. Except as otherwise explained in the context, the following terms of this agreement are defined as below :

 

Comprehensive credit : Party B shall provide one or several conditional commitments by credit support to Party A.

 

Specific business : According to comprehensive credit, Party B shall provide the loans, bank acceptances, trade finance and other specific credit business to Party A.

 

The maximum credit limits : According to comprehensive credit , the highest balance of debt principal by using the specific businesses, Party A can apply to Party B within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

 

Specific line of credit : According to the maximum credit limits , the highest balance of debt principal by using one specific business Party A can apply to Party B within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

 

Used line of credit : According to specific line of credit , the sum of debt principal by using one specific outstanding business Party A applied within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

Specific business contract : The contract signed by Party A and Party B about the specific using of the business and Line of credit.

 

 

 

 

Part 2 The maximum credit limits and Specific line of credit

 

2. The maximum credit limits under this contract (Total local currency and foreign currency , foreign currency are translated into RMB at the benchmark rate which the date of signing the agreement): RMB20,000,000.00

 

Both parties agree that this Agreement under the maximum credit limits including the outstanding business of original Comprehensive Credit Agreement (Agreement Number: _____________________)

 

3. According to the maximum credit limits, the specific line of credit is:

Bank acceptances: the specific line of credit RMB20,000,000.00

 

Part 3 The period of credit

 

4.The period of the maximum credit limits: from 28 th Dec , 2016 to 27 th Dec , 2017.

 

The period of the specific business is determined by the specific contract , but the start date of the specific business must not exceed the effective use of the deadline of the maximum credit limits.

 

Part 4    Usage of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit

 

5. According to the maximum credit limits , Party A can apply to use the specific line of credit once or several times during the period of credit. Party B determines the scope, amount and period of specific business by the credit situation of Party A based on the credit policy of Party B.

 

6. Provisions of revolving usage: During the period of the maximum credit limits , Party A can revolve the line of credit. The debt of one specific business is paid off , the same kind of new specific business can be used except that Party B prohibited revolving.

 

7. Party A and Party B should sign specific contract for specific business. If the specific business contract is inconsistent with this agreement, it should be subject to specific business contract. For example, Party A has been identified as customers of the Group under the " Guidelines for Risk Management of Credit business of Commercial Bank Group's customers " and other relevant laws and regulations

 

Part 5       The Fees

 

8. According to each specific business contract, Party A and Party B should conform to the interest rate, exchange rate, fee rate and other fees charged by Party B in the specific contract.

 

Part 6 Adjustment of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit

 

9. Party B has the right to adjust the maximum credit limits and specific line of credit and the period or end the line of credit when one of the following things happens:

 

 

 

 

(1)   Country's monetary policy has dramatic adjustment;

(2)   The region of Party A is suffering or will suffer financial risks;

(3)   The market related to Party A has great change;

(4)   Party A is suffering or will suffer significant operational difficulties or risks;

(5)   Party A appears merger, acquisition reorganization, discrete, termination or other major institutional change, Party B think that may affect the safety of loan:

(6)   Party A refused to accept the supervision and inspection about usage of funds and operating financial activities;

(7)   Without the consent of the lender loans, Party A change the original purpose of loans, misappropriation of loans or engaged in illegal or irregular transactions;

(8)   Providing false information or withheld important operations of the financial facts

(9)   Party A has such acts as transfer of property, withdrawal of funds or avoiding debt;

(10) Party A is considered as a Group Account according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business", or other relevant laws and regulations. Through related party transactions, potential evasion of bank debt

(11) Party A has the act of violation of commitments under this Agreement;

(12) Guarantor of this Agreement suffers the serious shortage of funds or operating difficulties, which has seriously affected the security capabilities;

(13) Collateral for the guarantee damages, endangering the Party B's debt security;

(14) There occurs everything, according to Party B’s opinion, which decreases the solvency of Party A or damages the interests of Party B.

(15) Party A fails to perform any obligations in specific business contract;

 

10. After signing the contract, Party A can apply to adjust specific line of credit in writing. After the written consent of Party B, the contract can be adjusted, and not subject to the constraints. The written application and written consent are considered to the modification of the part 3, which has the same power of the contract.

 

Part 7 Guarantee

 

11. In order to ensure that claims under this agreement are satisfied, take the following guaranty methods:

 

The guarantor SHEN ZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD / HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. / Lcon Energy systems (Shenzhen) CO., Ltd. And Pan Dangyu signed “Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount”, which number is “ GB78191612003-1 GB78191612003-2 GB78191612003-3 GB78191612003-4 ” with Party B.

 

12. In spite of agreed guaranty method, when both parties are involved in specific business, if Party B deems necessary, Party B also has the right to require other guarantees from Party A. Party A can not refuse the requirement because of agreed guarantee in this part.

 

 

 

 

Part 8 Commitment of Party B

 

13. Party A applies to use the specific credit in accordance with the agreement, Party B should examine and notice the result to Party A in time.

 

Part 9 Commitment of Party A

 

14. Party A should pay off the debt and fees on time according to the specific business credit.

 

15. The using of fund under the specific contract should follow the provisions of the law and the agreement, and accept Party B's examination at any time.

 

16. During the period of credit, Party A should submit to Party B true financial statements, truthfully provide major domestic bank, bank account, deposit and loan balance and other relevant information of the operating conditions.

 

17. If Party A is considered as a Group Account according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business", or other relevant laws and regulations. During the credit period, Party A shall promptly report to Party B about more than 10% of net assets associated with the transaction, including but not limited to:

 

(1) the parties to the transaction of the association;
(2) trading program and nature of the transaction;
(3) the amount of the transaction or the corresponding ratio;
(4) pricing policies (including no amount or only nominal amounts of transactions)
(5) requirements of laws, regulations or other circumstances required by Party B.

 

18. During the period of credit, Party A should notice Party B in advance when providing guarantee for third party, which can not affect the ability to pay off debt.

 

19. During the period of credit, Party A has the following obligation :

 

(1)If the legal representative or legal residence, place of business, or the registered capital of a major investment in equity change, Party A shall notice to Party B within 15 days from the date of change and provide the relevant information.

 

(2) During the credit period, Party A involves in significant litigation, arbitration or other judicial proceedings, administrative punishment procedures, or a significant change in operating conditions and financial condition, which may affect the realization of Party B’s debt, Party A shall notify Party B immediately.

 

(3) During the credit period, any activities of assets reorganization (such as mergers, acquisitions, discrete), or changes of business, or activities changes the organization, operation mode, or dissolution, bankruptcy application, should notify Party B two months in advance, and should pay off all the debts of Party A or perform the debt responsibilities.

 

20. If Party A fails to the rule of any specific business contract, then it can be deemed to breach the agreement, and Party B has the right to end the agreement and require all outstanding claims.

 

 

 

 

Any damages to Party B caused by Party A’s breach of contract, Party A should assume full obligations.

 

Part 10 Effect of Contract

 

21. This contract comes into effect when it signed by both parties’ the legal representative or agent or sealed and stamped.

 

Part 11 Disputes and Resolution

 

22. If two parties have a dispute, amicable settlement is accepted firstly. Necessary action is needed if the consultation fails, either party may apply to the local court.

 

Part 12 Integrity of the Contract

 

23. Every specific business contract signed by Party A and Party B is the effective part of this agreement, which make up integrity agreement.

 

24. If Party A fails to perform the provisions of any specific business contract, then it can be deemed to breach the agreement, and Party B has the right to end the agreement and require all outstanding claims.

 

25. Agreed by Party B, Party A can authorize all or part of the line of credit under this agreement to other units to use, and name of the unit is authorized to enter into with the relevant specific business contract signed with Party B, the specific content shall prevail by "credit line to use the power of attorney" issued by Party A and approved by Party B.

 

26. In the "line of credit using the power of attorney" or "buy-back guarantee amount to use the power of attorney", it is not necessary to clear the specific business of the specific line of credit under Article 3.

 

27. Party A in the " power of attorney for using line of credit " must clarify whether the authorized organization can be delegated or not.

 

28. Matters not covered in this Agreement, the parties maybe reach a written agreement as an annex to this Agreement which is the integral part of this agreement, and has the same legal effect.

 

Part 13 Supplementary Provisions

 

29. This agreement is in duplicate, Party A has one copy, Party B has one copy, which have the same legal effect.

 

30. This agreement is signed on 28 th Dec, 2016 in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

 

31. The two parties agreed to notarize the contract and promise to give the contract enforceability. When the party fails to perform, do not fully comply with any legal obligations, Party B has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Party A makes ​​no objection to the enforcement application under the agreement. (Not applicable)

 

32. If at any time, any provision of this contract in any way becomes illegitimate, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this contract is not affected.

 

33. Under this agreement In the event of bank acceptance bill business, "bank acceptance agreement" signed by                    the specific operations undertaken by the Branch Office, all the rights and obligations under "banker's acceptance agreement" borne by                                .

 

34. other

 

Party A (Stamp)

Signature of legal representative or deputy:

 

Party B (Stamp)

Signature of legal representative or deputy:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(a)

 

REF:GB78191612003-1

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three   The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven   The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven   Events of default
Chapter twelve   others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Address: Building A, Industrial Area, Renmin Road, Guanlan street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen, china

Zip code:            518000

Legal representative: PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers:   SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686236
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: China everbright bank LongHua Branch
A/C NO.  

 

Creditor: China Everbright Bank Co. Ltd. Shenzhen Branch
Address:   No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin, Futian district, shenzhen, guangdong

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping,

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX: 0755-28138641

 

Chapter one    General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612003"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and

 

obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and

regulations.

 

Chapter two       Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

 

 

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three       The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB twenty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four      Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five      Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six      Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

 

 

 

Chapter seven      The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received, guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and

affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight     Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of

documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary

government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

 

 

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

Chapter nine         Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

 

 

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten               The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven         Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve     others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the bligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

 

 

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

Chapter thirteen       Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen     Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

2.

Chapter sixteen     Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

 

 

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the

 

creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [2]. 1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(b)

 

REF:GB78191612003-2

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven   The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven   Events of default
Chapter twelve   others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen   Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Address: Xinhu industrial zone; MaAn town, Huicheng District, Huizhou

Zip code: 518000
Legal representative: PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers: SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686236
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: China everbright bank LongHua Branch
A/C NO.

 

Creditor: China everbright bank CO.,LTD Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin, Futian district, shenzhen, guangdong

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping,

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX: 0755-28138641

 

Chapter one           General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612003"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and

 

obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and

regulations.

 

Chapter two      Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

 

 

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three      The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB twenty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four     Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five      Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six     Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

 

 

 

Chapter seven        The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received, guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight          Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

 

 

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

 

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

Chapter nine           Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

 

 

 

 

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten          The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven          Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve        others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the bligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

 

 

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

Chapter thirteen      Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen         Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

2.

 

Chapter sixteen       Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

 

 

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [2]. 1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(c)

 

REF:GB78191612003-3

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two   Definition
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
Chapter four   Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine   Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven Events of default
Chapter twelve others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

   

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor: Icon Energy Systems Co., Ltd.

Address: Block A,4/F,Jinmeiwei industrial park, Guanlan Hi-teach industrial park, shangkeng community, Guanlan Town,Baoan District,Shenzhen,

Zip code: 518000
Legal representative:  PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers: SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686802
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: Bank Of China. LongHua Branch
A/C NO.

 

Creditor: China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin, Futian district, shenzhen, guangdong

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping,

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX:   0755-28138641

 

Chapter one           General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612003"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and

 

obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations.

 

Chapter two         Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

 

 

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three        The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB twenty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four          Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five         Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

 

 

 

Chapter six        Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

Chapter seven        The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received, guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents. For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight        Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

 

 

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

Chapter nine           Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

 

 

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

 

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten          The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven        Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve         others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the bligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

 

 

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

Chapter thirteen        Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen           Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

 

2.

Chapter sixteen         Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

 

 

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [     ].      1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(d)

 

REF:GB78191612003-4

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

Natural person as a guarantor

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three   The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight   Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine   Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven   Events of default
Chapter twelve   others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen   Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

Natural person as a guarantor

 

Guarantor:   PanDangyu
ID number:  
Address:  

Living Address: No 68, xinxia road, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, shenzhen

Zip code: 518111
TEL:
FAX:

Attorney: (Required to provide a power of attorney signed by the guarantor)

ID number:

Address:

Living Address:

Zip code:

TEL:

FAX:

 

Creditor: China everbright bank CO.,LTD Shenzhen Branch
Address:   No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin, Futian district, shenzhen   518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL:
FAX:

 

Chapter one       General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28 th Dec, 2016, SPRIINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612003 "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and

regulations.

 

 

 

 

Chapter two         Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three      The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB twenty million.

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:
(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;
(Two) the new creditor can not happen;
(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;
(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;
(Five) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four        Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five            Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

 

 

 

Chapter six        Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years .

 

Chapter 7       The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

1. The guarantor or agent valid original signed copy of this contract;

 

2. Guarantor of identity documents;

3. Prove creditworthiness of guarantors proof of assets or other information;

4. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

 

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to the guarantor or the authorized signatory signature confirmation that the copy is true, complete and valid documents.

 

Chapter 8        Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

1. Guarantor is a full civil capacity of natural persons, have full qualifications and authority to enter into and perform this contract, and can independently bear civil liability.

2. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and this contract to accept the Lord contents guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

3. Guarantor to the creditor to provide all the documents are accurate, true, complete and effective, and to provide a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

4. Guarantor signing and implementation of the contract does not violate its position as a party to any other contract or agreement, and any laws or regulations applicable thereto. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

5. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

6. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation

7. Do not currently exist and will be anything involving guarantor or surety guarantor's financial position to meet its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

8. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.


Chapter nine        Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

 

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;
(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation,arbitration or administrative proceedings;
(3) the guarantor income substantially reduced significantly, the loss of economic resources such as lost or may lose its ability to perform the case;
(4) the guarantor change residential address and communication.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, split or otherwise dispose of any of its major assets in the form

 

3. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

4. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

5. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

6. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and
(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten           The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made ​​by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven        Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

2. Guarantor under this contract made ​​representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

 

 

4. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

5. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve           others

 

Article 14 Without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the obligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made ​​in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the others.

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue. However, given the guarantor's credit file, you need to actually received before the creditor is deemed served

 

Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 This contract and the contract to any matters covered by applicable PRC laws (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan law), and in accordance with laws of the PRC (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan law) explained.

 

 

 

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen   Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 This contract is signed by the guarantor and the creditor or agent authorized representative / responsible person or agent or stamped signature and seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen        Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:
1.
2.

Chapter sixteen       Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula 2 copies guarantor holding 1 copies of credit people who 1 copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.


Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made ​​under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [2]. 1, applies; 2, does not apply.

 

 

 

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

Guarantor or agent (Signature):

Creditor (stamp):

Legal Representative / CEO:
(Or agent)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

REF: ZH78191612002

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one Definitions and interpretation
Chapter two The maximum credit limits and Specific line of credit
Chapter three The period of credit
Chapter four Usage of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit
Chapter five The Fees
Chapter six Adjustment of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit
Chapter seven Guarantee
Chapter eight Commitment of Party B
Chapter nine Commitment of Party A
Chapter ten Effect of Contract
Chapter eleven Disputes and Resolution
Chapter twelve Integrity of the Contract
Chapter thirteen Supplementary Provisions

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

Party A: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD

Add: Building A, Industrial Area, Renmin Road, Guanlan street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen, china

Legal Representative: Pan Dangyu

Tel: 0755-89686236

Fax: 0755-89686819

 

Party B: China Everbright Bank Shenzhen Branch

Add: No.4 , Zhuzilin road, Futian,Shenzhen,China.

Tel: 0755-81483044

Fax: 0755-28138641

 

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, such as “Republic of China on Commercial Banks” and “Interim Measures of commercial banks authorize and credit” and “Guidelines for Risk Management of Credit business of Commercial Bank Group's customers”, Based on equality, voluntariness, the principle of good faith, Party A and Party B make the agreement after the equal consultations, and both of them are willing to follow all terms of the contract.

 

Part 1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1. Except as otherwise explained in the context, the following terms of this agreement are defined as below:

 

Comprehensive credit: Party B shall provide one or several conditional commitments by credit support to Party A.

Specific business: According to comprehensive credit, Party B shall provide the loans, bank acceptances, trade finance and other specific credit business to Party A.

 

The maximum credit limits : According to comprehensive credit , the highest balance of debt principal by using the specific businesses, Party A can apply to Party B within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

 

Specific line of credit : According to the maximum credit limits , the highest balance of debt principal by using one specific business Party A can apply to Party B within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

 

Used line of credit : According to specific line of credit , the sum of debt principal by using one specific outstanding business Party A applied within the validity period of the comprehensive credit agreement.

Specific business contract : The contract signed by Party A and Party B about the specific using of the business and Line of credit.

 

Part 2 The maximum credit limits and Specific line of credit

 

2. The maximum credit limits under this contract (Total local currency and foreign currency , foreign currency are translated into RMB at the benchmark rate which the date of signing the agreement): RMB30,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

Both parties agree that this Agreement under the maximum credit limits including the outstanding business of original Comprehensive Credit Agreement (Agreement Number: _____________________)

 

3. According to the maximum credit limits, the specific line of credit is:

Bank acceptances: the specific line of credit RMB30,000,000.00

 

Part 3 The period of credit

 

4.The period of the maximum credit limits: from28th Dec 2016 to 27th Dec 2017.

 

The period of the specific business is determined by the specific contract , but the start date of the specific business must not exceed the effective use of the deadline of the maximum credit limits.

 

Part 4       Usage of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit

 

5. According to the maximum credit limits , Party A can apply to use the specific line of credit once or several times during the period of credit. Party B determines the scope, amount and period of specific business by the credit situation of Party A based on the credit policy of Party B.

 

6. Provisions of revolving usage: During the period of the maximum credit limits , Party A can revolve the line of credit. The debt of one specific business is paid off , the same kind of new specific business can be used except that Party B prohibited revolving.

 

7. Party A and Party B should sign specific contract for specific business. If the specific business contract is inconsistent with this agreement, it should be subject to specific business contract. For example, Party A has been identified as customers of the Group under the " Guidelines for Risk Management of Credit business of Commercial Bank Group's customers " and other relevant laws and regulations

 

Part 5      The Fees

 

8. According to each specific business contract, Party A and Party B should conform to the interest rate, exchange rate, fee rate and other fees charged by Party B in the specific contract.

 

Part 6 Adjustment of the Maximum Credit Limits and Specific Line of Credit

 

9. Party B has the right to adjust the maximum credit limits and specific line of credit and the period or end the line of credit when one of the following things happens:

 

(1) Country's monetary policy has dramatic adjustment;
(2) The region of Party A is suffering or will suffer financial risks;
(3) The market related to Party A has great change;
(4) Party A is suffering or will suffer significant operational difficulties or risks;
(5) Party A appears merger, acquisition reorganization, discrete, termination or other major institutional change, Party B think that may affect the safety of loan:

 

 

  

(6) Party A refused to accept the supervision and inspection about usage of funds and operating financial activities;
(7) Without the consent of the lender loans, Party A change the original purpose of loans, misappropriation of loans or engaged in illegal or irregular transactions;
(8) Providing false information or withheld important operations of the financial facts

(9) Party A has such acts as transfer of property, withdrawal of funds or avoiding debt;
(10) Party A is considered as a Group Account according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business", or other relevant laws and regulations. Through related party transactions, potential evasion of bank debt
(11) Party A has the act of violation of commitments under this Agreement;
(12) Guarantor of this Agreement suffers the serious shortage of funds or operating difficulties, which has seriously affected the security capabilities;
(13) Collateral for the guarantee damages, endangering the Party B's debt security;
(14) There occurs everything , according to Party B’s opinion, which decreases the solvency of Party A or damages the interests of Party B.
(15) Party A fails to perform any obligations in specific business contract;

10. After signing the contract, Party A can apply to adjust specific line of credit in writing. After the written consent of Party B, the contract can be adjusted, and not subject to the constraints. The written application and written consent are considered to the modification of the part 3, which has the same power of the contract.

 

Part 7 Guarantee

 

11. In order to ensure that claims under this agreement are satisfied, take the following guaranty methods:

 

The guarantor SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD. HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. Lcon Energy systems (Shenzhen) CO., Ltd. And Pan Dangyu signed “Guaranty Contract of Maximum Amount”, which number is “ GB78191612002-1 GB78191612002-2 GB78191612002-3 GB78191612002-4 ” with Party B.

12. In spite of agreed guaranty method, when both parties are involved in specific business, if Party B deems necessary, Party B also has the right to require other guarantees from Party A. Party A can not refuse the requirement because of agreed guarantee in this part.

 

Part 8 Commitment of Party B

 

13. Party A applies to use the specific credit in accordance with the agreement, Party B should examine and notice the result to Party A in time.

 

 

 

 

Part 9 Commitment of Party A

 

14. Party A should pay off the debt and fees on time according to the specific business credit.

 

15. The using of fund under the specific contract should follow the provisions of the law and the agreement, and accept Party B's examination at any time.

 

16. During the period of credit, Party A should submit to Party B true financial statements, truthfully provide major domestic bank, bank account, deposit and loan balance and other relevant information of the operating conditions.

 

17. If Party A is considered as a Group Account according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business", or other relevant laws and regulations. During the credit period, Party A shall promptly report to Party B about more than 10% of net assets associated with the transaction, including but not limited to:

 

(1) the parties to the transaction of the association;
(2) trading program and nature of the transaction;
(3) the amount of the transaction or the corresponding ratio;
(4) pricing policies (including no amount or only nominal amounts of transactions)
(5) requirements of laws, regulations or other circumstances required by Party B.

 

18. During the period of credit, Party A should notice Party B in advance when providing guarantee for third party, which can not affect the ability to pay off debt.

 

19. During the period of credit, Party A has the following obligation :

(1)If the legal representative or legal residence, place of business, or the registered capital of a major investment in equity change, Party A shall notice to Party B within 15 days from the date of change and provide the relevant information.

 

(2) During the credit period, Party A involves in significant litigation, arbitration or other judicial proceedings, administrative punishment procedures, or a significant change in operating conditions and financial condition, which may affect the realization of Party B’s debt, Party A shall notify Party B immediately.

 

(3) During the credit period, any activities of assets reorganization (such as mergers, acquisitions, discrete), or changes of business, or activities changes the organization, operation mode, or dissolution, bankruptcy application, should notify Party B two months in advance, and should pay off all the debts of Party A or perform the debt responsibilities.

 

20. If Party A fails to the rule of any specific business contract, then it can be deemed to breach the agreement, and Party B has the right to end the agreement and require all outstanding claims.

 

Any damages to Party B caused by Party A’s breach of contract, Party A should assume full obligations.

 

 

 

 

Part 10 Effect of Contract

 

21. This contract comes into effect when it signed by both parties’ the legal representative or agent or sealed and stamped.

 

Part 11 Disputes and Resolution

 

22. If two parties have a dispute, amicable settlement is accepted firstly. Necessary action is needed if the consultation fails, either party may apply to the local court.

 

Part 12 Integrity of the Contract

 

23. Every specific business contract signed by Party A and Party B is the effective part of this agreement, which make up integrity agreement.

 

24. If Party A fails to perform the provisions of any specific business contract, then it can be deemed to breach the agreement, and Party B has the right to end the agreement and require all outstanding claims.

 

25. Agreed by Party B, Party A can authorize all or part of the line of credit under this agreement to other units to use, and name of the unit is authorized to enter into with the relevant specific business contract signed with Party B, the specific content shall prevail by "credit line to use the power of attorney" issued by Party A and approved by Party B.

 

26. In the "line of credit using the power of attorney" or "buy-back guarantee amount to use the power of attorney", it is not necessary to clear the specific business of the specific line of credit under Article 3.

 

27. Party A in the " power of attorney for using line of credit " must clarify whether the authorized organization can be delegated or not.

 

28. Matters not covered in this Agreement, the parties maybe reach a written agreement as an annex to this Agreement which is the integral part of this agreement, and has the same legal effect.

 

Part 13 Supplementary Provisions

 

29. This agreement is in duplicate, Party A has one copy, Party B has one copies, which have the same legal effect.

 

30. This agreement is signed on 28 th Dec, 2016 in Shenzhen.

 

31. The two parties agreed to notarize the contract and promise to give the contract enforceability. When the party fails to perform, do not fully comply with any legal obligations, Party B has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Party A makes ​​no objection to the enforcement application under the agreement. ( Not applicable )

 

 

 

 

32. If at any time, any provision of this contract in any way becomes illegitimate, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this contract is not affected.

 

33. Under this agreement In the event of bank acceptance bill business, "bank acceptance agreement" signed by the specific operations undertaken by                   the Branch Office, all the rights and obligations under "banker's acceptance agreement" borne by                .

 

34. other

 

Party A (Stamp)

Signature of legal representative or deputy:

 

Party B (Stamp)

Signature of legal representative or deputy:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6(a)

 

REF: GB78191612002-1

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven Events of default
Chapter twelve others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

  

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor: SPRINGPOWER TECHNOLOGY (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD.

Address: Building A, Industrial Area, Renmin Road, Guanlan street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen , china

Zip code: 518000
Legal representative: PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers: SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686236
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: Bank Of China. LongHua Branch
A/C NO.

 

Creditor: China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin , Futian district , shenzhen , guangdong
518000  

Legal representative/Person in charge:   Peng Jianping,

 

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX: 0755-28138641

 

 

 

 

Chapter one          General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612002"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations.

 

Chapter two       Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three      The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB thirty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

 

 

 

Chapter four     Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five     Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5      Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six     Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

Chapter seven           The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received , guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight           Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

 

 

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

 

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

Chapter nine      Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

 

 

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten      The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven      Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

 

 

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve      others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the obligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

Chapter thirteen     Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen      Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

2.

 

 

 

 

Chapter sixteen      Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [       ].      1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6(b)

 

REF:GB78191612002-2

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven Events of default
Chapter twelve others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD

Address: Xinhu industrial zone; MaAn town, Huicheng District, Huizhou
Zip code: 518000

Legal representative:   PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers: SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686236
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: Bank Of China. LongHua Branch
A/C NO.

 

Creditor: China everbright bank CO.,LTD Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin , Futian district , shenzhen , guangdong

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge:   Peng Jianping,

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX: 0755-28138641

 

Chapter one       General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612002"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and

 

obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations.

 

Chapter two       Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

 

 

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three       The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB thirty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four       Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five       Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six       Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

 

 

 

Chapter seven      The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received , guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight       Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

 

 

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

Chapter nine        Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

 

 

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten        The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven        Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve        others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the bligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

 

 

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

Chapter thirteen       Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen       Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen        Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

2.

Chapter sixteen        Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

 

 

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [       ].           1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6(c)

 

REF: GB78191612002-3

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
Chapter two Definition
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
Chapter four Guaranteed way
Chapter five Warranty
Chapter six Warranty period
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
Chapter eleven Events of default
Chapter twelve others
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
Chapter fifteen Attachment
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

 

Guarantor:    Icon Energy Systems (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

Address:     Block A,4/F,Jinmeiwei industrial park, Guanlan Hi-teach industrial park , shangkeng community , Guanlan Town,Baoan District,Shenzhen,

Zip code: 518000
Legal representative: PanDangyu

Attorney:

Managers: SunXun
TEL: 0755-89686802
FAX: 0755-89686819
Bank: Bank Of China. LongHua Branch
A/C NO.

 

Creditor: China everbright bank CO.,LTD Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin , Futian district , shenzhen , guangdong

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping,

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL: 0755-81483044
FAX: 0755-28138641

 

Chapter one     General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28th Dec, 2016 SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612002"Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and

 

obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and

regulations.

 

Chapter two     Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

 

 

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three     The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB thirty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:

(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;

(Two) the new creditor can not happen;

(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;

(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;

(Five ) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four     Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five       Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six      Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years.

 

Chapter seven            The documents the guarantor should submit

 

Article 7 Guarantor shall ensure that a fiduciary who first used the credit provided under the main contract specific credit business before the credit has been received , guarantor submitted the following documents:

 

 

 

 

1. The legal representative or agent effective guarantor signature or seal and affix the official seal of the original contract;

 

2. Guarantor's articles of association or approve the establishment of documentation and sponsorship by the latest annual inspection business license or certificate of legal institutions, or other legal existence can prove guarantor state documents;

 

3. Prove creditworthiness of the guarantor's financial statements or other information;

 

4. Guarantor's board of directors or the right to decide matters of this warranty other guarantor guarantor internal agencies agreed to provide guarantee for this contract in accordance with a resolution;

 

5. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.

For a copy of the above documents, are subject to confirmation that the guarantor stamped copy is true, complete, valid file.

 

Chapter eight         Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

 

1. The guarantor and validly existing legal entity / other organization in accordance with Chinese laws established, with independent civil capacity, and enjoy the full power, authority and rights of all of its assets and business activities of civil liability.

 

2. Guarantor has sufficient power, authority and rights to sign this contract and conduct transactions under this contract and has taken or obtained all necessary legal actions and other actions and agreed to authorize the execution and performance of this contract. The contract is guaranteed by a legal representative or agent valid signature.

 

3. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and t accept the Lord contents and guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

 

4. Guarantor provide all the documents, data, reports, and documents to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and effective, and a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

 

5. Guarantor has been made to sign this contract with all the necessary government approvals and third party consents, the execution and performance of this contract does not violate the sponsor's corporate constituent documents / approval documents (if any) and as a party to any other contract or agreement. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

 

6. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

 

7. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation.

 

8. Currently there is no surety or anything involving major operating assets and will be the guarantor's financial position or guarantor to fulfill its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

9. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.

Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.

 

 

 

 

Chapter nine      Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

 

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

 

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(3) the guarantor’s financial position deterioration, suspension of business, or is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked business license / certificate of legal institutions or revoked.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, without the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor couldn’t make any associate, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or other mode of operation and ownership structure changed arrangements; If indeed due to operational needs or national policies, laws need to adjust for associates, contract, lease, merger, joint-stock reform, or otherwise change its mode of operation or ownership structure, the guarantor shall obtain the prior written consent of the creditor and in this contract under its warranty obligations and obligations to make a satisfactory credit arrangement.

 

3. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose split any material operating assets

 

4. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

5. In the life of the contract, the guarantor as the administrative department for industry and commerce to make any changes to registration, should be after the change ten working days written notice to the creditor and the creditor files a copy of the relevant registration creditor.

 

6. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

7. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

8. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and

(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten      The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

 

 

 

Chapter eleven      Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

 

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

 

2. Guarantor under this contract made representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

 

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

 

4. Guarantor suspend or cease business or enters bankruptcy, liquidation, or other similar programs out of business, or the guarantor being filed for bankruptcy liquidation or authorities decided to suspend or temporarily suspended operations

 

5. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

 

6. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

 

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

 

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve      others

 

Article 14 without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the bligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

 

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

 

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

 

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the other.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue

 

 

 

 

Chapter thirteen     Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 of the contract and the contract any of the matters covered by Chinese law, and in accordance with Chinese law explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 of this contract from the guarantor and the creditor both legal representative or agent or stamped and stamped with the official seal of the date.

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen      Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

 

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:

1.

2.

Chapter sixteen      Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula two copies guarantor holding one copies of credit people who one copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.

 

Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [         ].            1, applies; 2, does not apply.)

 

 

 

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

 

Guarantor (stamp):

Legal representative

(Or agent)

 

Creditor (stamp):

 

Legal Representative / CEO:

(or agent )

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6(d)

 

REF:GB78191612002-4

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

Natural person as a guarantor

 

CHINA EVERBRIGHT BANK

 

 

 

 

Directory

 

Chapter one General
   
Chapter two Definition
   
Chapter three The principal debt secured by
   
Chapter four Guaranteed way
   
Chapter five Warranty
   
Chapter six Warranty period
   
Chapter seven The documents the guarantor shoud submit
   
Chapter eight Representations and Warranties of guarantor
   
Chapter nine Guarantor’s commitment
   
Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security
   
Chapter eleven Events of default
   
Chapter twelve others
   
Chapter thirteen Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
   
Chapter fourteen Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract
   
Chapter fifteen Attachment
   
Chapter sixteen Supplementary

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed Maximum Contract

Natural person as a guarantor

 

Guarantor: Pan Dangyu
ID number:
Address:  

Living Address: No 68, xinxia road, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, shenzhen

Zip code: 518111
TEL:
FAX:

Attorney:

(Required to provide a power of attorney signed by the guarantor)

ID number:

Address:

Living Address:

Zip code:

TEL:

FAX:

 

Creditor: China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch
Address: No.26 of 7th zizhu road Zhuzilin, Futian district, shenzhen

518000

Legal representative/Person in charge: Peng Jianping

Managers: Yang Xiaolin
TEL:  
FAX:  

 

Chapter one     General

 

To ensure the fulfillment that, 28 th Dec, 2016, SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as "fiduciary") signed with the creditor numbered ZH78191612002 "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" (hereinafter referred to as " Comprehensive Credit Agreement ") ,guarantor is willing to provide the maximum amount of credit joint liability guarantee to secure fiduciary will pay off the entire debt under its "comprehensive credit agreement" timely and fully.

 

After reviewing , the creditor agreed to accept a guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to clarify both the guarantor and the creditor rights and obligations We formulated this contract guided by the principles of equality and mutual benefit, in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and

regulations.

 

Chapter two     Definition

 

Article 1 Unless the context requires or the Contract requires , in this Contract:

 

 

 

 

Master contract: refers to creditor and fiduciary signed the "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" as well as the creditor and fiduciary signed a specific credit business contract or agreement under "comprehensive credit agreement" for each credit business.

 

Specific credit business contract or agreement refers to the creditor guided by "comprehensive credit agreement" provide the single specific credit business contract or agreement to the fiduciary, which is signed with the fiduciary including the local currency and the foreign currency loans, trade finance, discount, acceptances, letters of credit, guarantees, factoring, guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit payment form (collectively, "specific credit business").

 

Chapter three        The principal debt secured by

 

Article 2 The principal debt secured by the guarantor is all the specific credit business incurred under the contract or agreement signed by creditor and fiduciary based on the master "comprehensive credit agreement" .The guaranteed maximum principal debt for "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" is RMB thirty million.

 

Of the following cases, the main contract claims to determine:
(One) identify expiry of the period of the main contract;
(Two) the new creditor can not happen;
(Three) the creditor and the fiduciary terminate the contract or the creditor and the guarantor terminate the contract;
(Four) the fiduciary or the guarantor is declared bankrupt or is revoked, suspended, canceled or dissolution;
(Five) other cases law claimed.

 

Chapter four     Guaranteed way

 

Article 3 Guarantor provided the joint and several liability guarantee under the contract

 

Chapter five     Warranty

 

Article 4 Guaranteed under this contract include: a fiduciary under the contract shall repay or pay the debt principal to the main creditor, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, fees, liquidated damages, compensation, the cost of the claim, (including, but not limited to, litigation costs, attorneys' fees, notary fees, implementation costs, etc.) and all other fees payable (above together referred to as "collateralized debt obligations").

 

Article 5 Creditor used to indicate any credit secured debt under the contract or any proof payable ,unless there is manifest error, the two sides should be the conclusive evidence of the relationship between credit and debt and is binding on the guarantor.

 

Chapter six     Warranty period

 

Article 6 each specific credit business guarantee period under "Comprehensive Credit Agreement" calculated separately since specific contract or agreement fiduciary obligations to fulfill the expiration date (as required by law or agreement which led to the events specific credit business contract or agreement early maturity, compared with earlier due date) two years .

 

 

 

 

Chapter 7 The documents the guarantor shoud submit

 

1. The guarantor or agent valid original signed copy of this contract;

 

2. Guarantor of identity documents;

3. Prove creditworthiness of guarantors proof of assets or other information;

4. Guarantor reasonably required to provide credit and other documents.
For a copy of the above documents, are subject to the guarantor or the authorized signatory signature confirmation that the copy is true, complete and valid documents.

 

Chapter 8 Representations and Warranties of guarantor

 

Article 8 Guarantor make the following representations and warranties to the creditor here :

1. Guarantor is a full civil capacity of natural persons, have full qualifications and authority to enter into and perform this contract, and can independently bear civil liability.

2. Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the contract and this contract to accept the Lord contents guarantor execution and performance of this contract is voluntary, under this contract in the full meaning of true representation.

3. Guarantor to the creditor to provide all the documents are accurate, true, complete and effective, and to provide a copy of the form of documents are consistent with the original.

4. Guarantor signing and implementation of the contract does not violate its position as a party to any other contract or agreement, and any laws or regulations applicable thereto. Guaranteed under this contract will not be subject to any restrictions.

5. To ensure that the contract legality, validity or enforceability of the guarantor has been completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notary procedures.

6. This contract is legally valid, on the guarantor constitute a legally binding obligation

7. Do not currently exist and will be anything involving guarantor or surety guarantor's financial position to meet its obligations under this contract and adversely affect the ability of litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

8. Guarantor did not occur or exist any event of default.
Article 9 the representations and warranties of the guarantor in the life of the contract shall remain correct and that the guarantor will be ready by the creditor's request for further documents.


Chapter nine      Guarantor’s commitment

 

Article 10 before all of the secured debt repaid ,the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

1 The guarantor shall immediately notify the creditor any of the following events:

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;
(2) relates to the guarantor or any major operating assets of litigation,arbitration or administrative proceedings;
(3) the guarantor income substantially reduced significantly, the loss of economic resources such as lost or may lose its ability to perform the case;
(4) the guarantor change residential address and communication.

 

2. In the life of the contract, as long as all of the secured debt is not repaid, except with the prior written consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not sell, transfer, split or otherwise dispose of any of its major assets in the form

 

 

 

 

3. In the life of the contract, before the completion of the all the secured debt fully settled, guarantor will not be in respect of its generation of a fiduciary to the creditor settlement of any sum or its fiduciary may be entitled to any other creditor, to the fiduciary recourse or claim right

 

4. If a fiduciary fails to pay the secured debt timely, the guarantor shall, upon receipt of payment in writing to the creditor within seven working days of the creditor, the creditor unconditionally in the manner required by a fiduciary on behalf of the creditor payment of such debts.

 

5. If the guarantor fails to credit the person's request to timely payment of any sum under the contract, the creditor entitled to directly from the guarantor to the creditor or credit to any other person within the system of opening branches directly deduct any account, without having to obtain the prior consent of the guarantor.

 

6. Upon the request of the creditor, the guarantor shall be required to pay immediately to the credit or compensation for costs and losses following:

 

(1) Credit artificially realize the rights under this contract incurred all costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, fees and all other executive actual expenditure); and
(2) due to violation of the contract and the guarantor to the creditor liable for any other losses

 

Chapter ten The nature and effectiveness of security

 

Article 11 This contract guarantees established by independent credit secured debt artificially made ​​by any other guarantee. Credit to exercise rights under this contract without first implementation of its former holdings of any other guarantees (whether material or human security guarantees), and need not first to the fiduciary or any other third party to take any other relief measures.

 

Chapter eleven      Events of default

 

Article 12 Each of the following events and issues constitute Guarantor in the event of default under the contract:

1. Master contract any event of default occurs under;

2. Guarantor under this contract made ​​representations, warranties or undertakings are recognized as incorrect or untrue;

3. The main part of any contract for any reason is no longer fully valid, or is terminated for any reason or restricted;

4. Occurred against the guarantor or a substantial operating assets litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

5. Guarantor is in breach of its present obligations under the contract or the occurrence of other people think that credit will adversely affect the creditor rights under this Contract other events.

 

Article 13 of the event of default has occurred, as the case is entitled to take credit of any one or more of the following measures:

 

 

 

1. Exercise credit in the main contract and enjoyed under this contract remedies for breach of contract;

2. Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the contract responsibility of guarantee;

3. Exercise of the creditor was secured debt may have any other security interest.

 

Chapter twelve      others

 

Article 14 Without the prior consent of the creditor, the guarantor shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of their under this contract in whole or part of the obligations.

 

Article 15 of people give credit guarantors any grace, discount or delay, shall not affect, damage or limit the creditor under this contract and the laws and regulations and all the rights; no person should be treated as credit rights under this Contract and interest waiver, does not affect the guarantor under this contract from any liability and obligations.

Article 16 If at any time any of the terms of this contract are in any way or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this contract the legality, validity or enforceability is not affected or impaired.

Article 17 of the contract, the guarantor shall be guaranteed full payment of the debt, offset shall not make any claim, nor shall any conditions.

Article 18 The contract mutual issue relating to this contract notice requirements should be made ​​in writing, sent to the home page of this contract the parties listed in the address or fax. Any party to change its address or fax, the need for timely notice to the others.

 

Communications between the parties, such as by hand, after delivery shall be deemed to be served; if sent by registered letter, and in three days after sending a registered letter shall be deemed to be served; if sent by facsimile , shall be deemed to be served at the time of issue. However, given the guarantor's credit file, you need to actually received before the creditor is deemed served

 

Chapter thirteen     Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

Article 19 This contract and the contract to any matters covered by applicable PRC laws (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan law), and in accordance with laws of the PRC (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan law) explained.

 

Article 20 During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. Negotiation can not reach agreement, either party may apply to the credit people local people's court.

 

Chapter fourteen     Effectiveness ,change and release of the contract

 

Article 21 This contract is signed by the guarantor and the creditor or agent authorized representative / responsible person or agent or stamped signature and seal of the date.

 

 

 

 

Article 22 After the commencement of this contract, either party may change or premature termination of the contract. If we need to change or cancel the contract, the guarantor and the creditor shall be approved by mutual agreement, and reach a written agreement. Prior written agreement is reached, the provisions of this contract is still valid.

 

Chapter fifteen      Attachment

 

Article 23 The matters covered in this contract, the guarantor and the creditor both parties may otherwise agree in writing, as an annex to this contract. Hereto are an integral part of this contract, this contract have the same legal effect.

Article 24 of the annex to the contract include:
1.
2.

 

Chapter sixteen      Supplementary

 

Article 25 of the original contract a formula 2 copies guarantor holding 1 copies of credit people who 1 copies of the same legal effect.

 

Article 26 This Contract 28 th Dec, 2016 by the guarantor and the creditor in Shenzhen signed.


Article 27 The parties to the contract agree to this contract notarized promise to give the contract unenforceable. When a fiduciary, the guarantor is not fulfilled, or if the debt is not completely fulfill the laws and regulations, the implementation contract creditor claims, guarantees the right circumstances, the creditor has the right to direct the people's court having jurisdiction for enforcement. Fiduciary, guarantor loan made ​​under this contract enforcement application without any objection. (This section is optional terms, the parties choose this contract [2]. 1, applies; 2, does not apply.

 

This page is page contract signed by both parties, no text)

Guarantor or agent (Signature):

Creditor (stamp):

Legal Representative / CEO:
(Or agent)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

Text Encoding: CMBC-HT031 (GS2007)

 

Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract

(Applicable to corporate credit granting)

 

No.: GSXZ 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011

 

SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (Seal)

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal)

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD.

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract

 

Credit Receiver: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. ((hereinafter referred to as Party A)

Address: Bldg. 1, No. 68, Xinsha Road, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen

P. C.:

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Pan Dangyu

Tel.:

Fax:

Opening Bank: minsheng bank

Account No.:

 

Credit Grantor: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

Address:

P. C.: 518048

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Wu Xinjun

Tel.:

Fax:

In accordance with the Contract Law , the Law on Commercial Banks and other relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B make and enter into this Contract upon consensus through consultation on the principles of faithfulness, credit, equality and willingness. Both Parties shall commonly observe this Contract.

 

Chapter 1 Credit Line and Category

 

Article 1 During the valid credit period specified in this Contract, the highest credit line Party A may apply Party B for use is (in words) fifteen million Yuan only, adopting RMB as the currency.

 

The line under this Contract shall:

 

¨ be used by Party A;

 

¨ be used by Party A and its subordinate wholly-owned or holding companies (hereinafter referred to as its subsidiary companies). Refer to annex 1 for the list of subsidiary companies which can use the comprehensive credit line;

 

Credit line hereunder means the net amount after deducting the deposit. In other words, the equal financing used after Party A or a third party other than Party A pays the deposit (or pledge of deposit) may not occupy the said line.

 

Article 2 The highest credit line hereunder shall be used for the following credit category:

 

RMB business: x (1) loan;

þ (2) Acceptance of draft;

x (3) Discount of draft;

þ (4) Letter of guarantee;

x (5) Others:

Trade financing business: x (1) foreign currency loan;

 

 

 

 

þ (2) Letter of guarantee;

x (3) Outward documentary bill;

x (4) Discount of bill;

x (5) Acceptance of draft;

x (6) Opening of L/C;

x (7) Others:                           

Other business:                                   

 

Chapter 2 Credit Term

 

Article 3 The effective term of the highest credit line specified in Article 1 herein shall be one year , from Nov 1, 2016 to Nov 1, 2017 .

 

Article 4 Party B is entitled to examine the use of the credit line hereunder at any time. In case of any event of default as specified in Chapter 7 herein, Party B shall have the right to adjust the credit term.

 

Chapter 3 Guarantee

 

Article 5 In order to ensure repayment of the creditor’s rights produced herein, the following one or several guarantees are adopted:

 

x The Mortgagor                            and Party B (i.e. the Mortgagee) conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of No.                            ;

 

x The Mortgagor                            and Party B (i.e. the Mortgagee) conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of No.                            ;

 

x The Pledgor                            and Party B (i.e. the Pledgee) conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of No.                            ;

 

x Party A shall provide maximum guarantee for the credit line used by the subsidiary company listed in the annex.

 

þ Others: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Party B conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011-1

 

the Guarantor Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Party B conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of 2016SHJZBZEZ No. 011-2 ;

 

The Guarantor Pan Dangyu and Party B conclude a Maximum Guarantee Contract of 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011-3;

 

Article 6 When Party A and Party B concludes a specific business contract hereunder, Party B has the right to demand Party A to provide any security other than that specified in Article 5 herein.

 

Article 4 Use of Credit Line

 

Article 7 Within the credit term and highest credit line specified herein, Party A may use the credit line once or several times. If Party B complies with the stipulations of this Contract through review, Party B shall conclude a relevant specific credit granting business contract or agreement with Party A (hereinafter referred to as the specific business contract).

 

Article 8 The accumulative balance of all the credit lines used by Party A (the accumulative amount of principals used and not repaid) shall not exceed the highest credit line at any time within the credit term.During the credit term, Party A may apply for reusing the credit line that Party A has repaid. The credit line not used during the credit term shall be cancelled automatically when the credit term expires.

 

If Party A fails to perform its obligations under this Contract or under the specific business contract, Party B shall have the right to stop Party A continuously using the remaining credit line.

 

 

 

 

Article 9 Party A must use credit lines within the credit term specified in Article 3 herein. The date of use of a credit line shall not be later than the deadline of the credit term (if the business type specified in the specific business contract is loan/import and export bill purchase, the date of release of each loan shall not be later than the deadline; if the business type specified in the Main Contract is acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods), the date of draft of acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods) shall not be later than the deadline). In case of adjustment of the credit term, the deadline shall be the deadline after this adjustment. The use term of each credit line shall accord with the specific business contract.

 

Article 10 When this Contract becomes effective, Party A may not use any line hereunder until it meets the following preconditions simultaneously, or Party B shall have the right to refuse conclusion of a specific business contract with Party A.

 

10.1 Party A has provided documents according to Party B’s requirements, including but not limited to: Party A’s business license, organization code certificate and tax registration certificate which are qualified through annual inspection; Party A’s current effective articles of association; identity certificate and a photocopy of the OD card of the Company's legal representative;

 

10.2 Guarantee-related documents as the credit guarantee hereunder are effective, and the mortgage right/pledge right has been established;

 

10.3 Party A has never conducted any event of default, or Party A has conducted any event of default but the default has been solved satisfying Party B or has been exempted by Party B;

 

10.4 Party A’s commitments given in Chapter 5 herein have been kept prior to the date of withdrawal;

 

10.5 Party A’s financial conditions when the credit line is applied for use are basically the same as those when this Contract is signed, and there is no material adverse change;

 

Article 11 The expenses which should be charged under bills, letter of guarantee, international trade financing and other related business, the discount rate under discount of bills, and the interest rate and exchange rate which should be determined in inward and outward documentary bills shall be agreed by Party A and Party B in each specific business contract.

 

Article 12 In case of any discrepancy between this Contract and the specific business contract made and entered into by and between Party A and Party B, the specific business contract shall prevail.

 

Chapter 5 Party A’s Commitments

 

Article 13 Party A’s use of the credit line shall comply with the provisions of laws and the stipulations of this Contract and the specific business contract, and Party B is entitled to check the situations of the specific business at any time.

 

Article 14 During the credit use period (from the date of signature of this Contract to the date when Party B’s all creditor’s rights are compensated), Party A shall report true financial statements and all relevant information concerning the opening bank, account number and deposit and loan balances according to Party B’s requirements.

 

Article 15 If providing security for any other’s debts, Party A shall notify Party B in advance, and the performance of the specific business contract made and entered into with Party B shall not be affected.

 

Article 16 During the credit use period, Party A shall notify Party B 30 days in advance if Party A conducts activity of asset reorganization by means of merger, acquisition, consolidation and division, or any activity changing its operation right in any form, such as contracting and lease, or any activity changing its organization and operation method, or any activity for selling, transferring or disposing its any material asset or equipment in other forms and making major investment. Party A shall repay Party B’s creditor’s rights in advance or implement the responsibility of repaying creditor’s rights according to Party B’s requirements.

 

Article 17 In case of any event which endangers Party A’s normal operation or constitutes any major threat to performance of the obligation of repayment hereunder (including but not limited to the events specified in sub-clause 10.3 herein), Party A shall notify Party B immediately in written form.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 In case of change of the domicile or business site of the legal person of Party A, or increase or decrease of Party A’s registered capital, or change of Party A’s legal representative and other senior management personnel, Party A shall notify Party B within seven days after occurrence of the change.

 

Article 19 Party A shall repay on time the principal and interests of the funds of the specific business under the credit line and pay on time the expenses payable.

 

Article 20 If Party A uses international trade financing credit line (including packing loan, import and export bill purchase, opening of L/C, letter of guarantee, discount of bill and acceptance of bill of exchange), Party A shall ensure:

 

1. the settled amount of the import and export business conducted through Party B during the credit period shall not be less than RMB                            Yuan, of which the settled amount of the export business shall not be less than RMB                            Yuan;

 

2. When the business is conducted, the latest Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits , the Uniform Rules for Collections and other related international practices prevailing when this Contract is signed shall be strictly observed. Party B’s reputation and interest shall not be damaged due to any business dispute.

 

Chapter 6 Party B’s Commitments

 

Article 21 If Party A’s application for use of a credit line complies with the stipulations of this Contract, Party B shall approve and perform the application timely according to the specific business contract signed.

 

Article 22 Party B shall not make adjustment of the credit term and the highest credit line bad for Party A, unless otherwise specified in Chapter 7 of this Contract.

 

Chapter 7 Adjustment of Credit Line and Acceleration

 

Article 23 Under the following circumstances during the performance period of this Contract, Party B is entitled to adjust or cancel a credit line, and demand Party A to prepay all the borrowings having been withdrawn by Party A under this Contract:

 

23.1 Party A’s operating status is worsen or Party A has any major operational difficulty;

 

23.2 there is any major change of the market related to Party A’s operation;

 

23.3 there is any major adjustment of relevant national policies;

 

23.4 Party A violates any other contract or agreement concluded with others, or Party A makes any commitment or warranty unilaterally, which constitutes breach of other debts or other debts have been or may be announced acceleration by other creditor;

 

23.5 the guarantee capacity of the guarantor hereunder becomes obviously insufficient, or the guarantor violates the guarantee contract, or the guarantor violates any obligation specified in the commitments given by the guarantor, or the pledged or mortgaged property hereunder is damaged or its value is obviously decreased, and Party A fails to provide a new guarantee required according to Party B’s requirements;

 

23.6 during the valid period of this Contract, Party A expressly indicates or indicates by acts that Party A is unable to or fails to perform its obligations specified in this Contract, the specific business contract or Party A’s commitments;

 

23.7 Party A provides Party B with any balance sheet, statement of profits and losses and other important materials which contain false information or conceal important facts, or Party A refuses Party B’s supervision on Party A’s use of the credit line and relevant production, operation and financial activities;

 

23.8 Party A transfers its assets, withdraws funds, evades debts or has any other behavior which damages Party B’s rights and interest;

 

23.9 there is any major change of Party A’s financial conditions, or Party A is involved in litigation, arbitration, administrative punishment or other judicial administrative proceedings, which may have adverse impact for Party A on the execution of this Contract;

 

 

 

 

23.10 there are any other circumstances under which Party A loses or may lose its ability to perform obligations;

 

23.11 Party A violates its any commitment given in Chapter 5 herein or fails to perform its obligations under this Contract or the specific business contract.

 

Article 8 Effectiveness of Contract

 

Article 24 This Contract shall become effective when both Parties’ legal representatives/main principals or authorized agents sign or seal and both Parties affix their official seals/special contract seals.

 

Chapter 9 Dispute Settlement

 

Article 25 Any and all disputes between Party A and Party B arising from and in connection with the execution of this Contract and/or the specific business contract shall be governed by the court at the location where Party B is located, except that there are additional stipulations in the specific business contract for governing of disputes under this Contract.

 

Chapter 10 Supplementary Provisions

 

Article 26 All the specific business contracts concluded between Party A or its subsidiary companies listed in Annex 1 of this Contract and Party B for each specific credit granting business on the basis of this Contract shall be deemed as an integral part of this Contract and constitute this Contract as a whole.

 

Article 2 7 The Contract has been made out in two originals for Party A, Party B and the guarantor each holding one, which shall be equally authentic.

 

Article 28 When this Contract is signed, Party B has explained and interpreted in details all the terms and conditions of this Contract to Party A, and both Parties have no objection to the terms and conditions of this Contract. Both Parties have accurate understanding of the legal meaning of their corresponding rights and obligations, limitation of responsibilities or disclaimers.

 

Article 29 Other provisions agreed by both Parties

 

Under this contract amount is only used to party b the upstream enterprise procurement of raw materials and daily business turnover.

 

The credit category under this Contract includes: bank acceptance bills, with the single deposit ratio not lower than 30% and the maximum term not exceeding 6 months (the maximum term for bank acceptance bill is 12 months); financing letter of guarantee, with the single deposit ratio not lower than 50%.

 

Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. before operating turnround, party a under this contract have not exceeding 10 million yuan with lines

 

Article 30 The credit lines granted to Party A and/or its subsidiary companies in accordance with the Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract or any other contract (“Original Credit Granting Contract”) prior to the signature of this Contract may be performed continuously according to the Original Credit Granting Contract and the relevant specific business contract. However, the outstanding credit line under the Original Credit Granting Contract shall be included in the highest credit line specified in Article 1 herein for calculation and management.

 

Article 31 Both Parties agree and authorize Party B irrevocably to report relevant information to the financial credit information database established by the State. Such information shall include the name, registered address and other related information of this institution, the transaction records, credit information and bad information (including failure to perform obligations of this Contract, the institution’s performance of obligations and enforcement ruled or judged by the people’s court, and other relevant bad information prescribed by laws and regulations) generated during business activities and performance activities of this institution under this Contract.

 

This Contract is signed by Party A and Party B in Shenzhen .

 

 

 

Party A: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Pan Dangyu (Signature)

 

(Or Authorized Agent)                           (Signature or Seal)

 

Date:

 

Party B: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal:

 

(Or Authorized Agent)                             (Signature or Seal)

 

Date:

 

Annex:

List of subsidiary companies agreed by the Credit Receiver (Party A) for using the lines under the Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract:

 

1. Full name of the Company:
 
Address:
 
Legal Representative:
 
P. C.:                                   Tel.:                                    Fax:
 
Opening Bank:                                 Account No.:
 
2. Full name of the Company:
 
Address:
 
Legal Representative:
 
P. C.:                                  Tel.:                                    Fax:
 
Opening Bank:                                Account No.:
 
3. Full name of the Company:
 
Address:
 
Legal Representative:
 
P. C.:                                   Tel.:                                   Fax:
 
Opening Bank:                                 Account No.:

 

 

 

 

4. Full name of the Company:
 
Address:
 
Legal Representative:
 
P. C.:                                   Tel.:                                   Fax:
 
Opening Bank:                                Account No.:
 
5. Full name of the Company:
 
Address:
 
Legal Representative:
 
P. C.:                                   Tel.:                                   Fax:
 
Opening Bank:                                 Account No.:

 

Note: the Credit Receiver shall affix its official seal on this page. Where there is any control of the line for use by a subsidiary company, a limit may be indicated or another page may be made for format explanation.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7(a)

 

Text Encoding: CMBC-HT-494 (XW2012)

   

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

No.: 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011-3

   

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD.

  

 

 

  

Prompt of Party D: the text of this Contract is announced in Party D’s website (www.cmbc.com.cn). All the Parties hereto must carefully read all the terms and conditions of this Contract before signature of this Contract. In case of any unclear information, please consult us immediately and we will answer you actively. When the text of this Contract is signed by all the Parties, all the Parties hereto shall be deemed to have agreed all the terms and conditions of this Contract and have full understanding of the legal meanings of relevant rights, obligations, limitation of liability and disclaimer.

   

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

Guarantor:                         Pan Dangyu                         (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Legal Representative / Principal: ID card No.:

 

Address:

 

P.C.:

 

Tel.:

  

Pledgor: ______________________________ (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Legal Representative / Principal:

 

Address:

 

P.C.:

 

Tel.:

 

Mortgagor: ____________________________ (hereinafter referred to as Party C)

 

Legal Representative / Principal:

 

Address:

 

P.C.:

 

Tel.:

 

Secured Party: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (hereinafter referred to as Party D)

 

Principal: Wu Xinjun

 

Address:

 

P. C.: 518048

 

Tel.:

 

(If the Guarantor is a natural person, please fill the effective identity certificate name and number after “Legal Representative / Principal”).

 

 

 

  

In order to ensure the execution of the Main Contract between SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as the Debtor under the Main Contract) and Party D, Party A is willing to provided maximum joint guarantee liability for the debts under the Main Contract; Party B is willing to provide maximum pledge guarantee for the debts under the Main Contract to the extent of its properties; and Party C is willing to provide maximum mortgage guarantee for the debts under the Main Contract to the extent of its properties. In accordance with relevant national laws and regulations, the Parties hereto make and enter into this Contract upon consensus through consultation. All the Parties shall commonly abide by this Contract.

 

Party A, Party B and Party C are hereinafter referred to collectively as the Guarantor.

  

Part 1

 

Chapter 1 Guaranteed principal creditor's right

 

Article 1 Guaranteed principal creditor's right

 

The principal creditor's right hereunder is as following 1.1 :

 

1.1 Party D’s all creditor’s rights (including contingent liabilities) under the Comprehensible Credit Granting Contract of 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011 made and entered into by and between the Debtor under the Main Contract and Party D (the contract and the specific business contract produced under the contract commonly constitute the Main Contract of this Contract, hereinafter referred to as the Main Contract). The period of the principal creditor’s rights secured with maximum guarantee is from Nov 1, 2016 to Nov 1, 2017 .

 

1.2 Party D’s all creditor’s rights (including contingent liabilities) under all the contracts made and entered into by and between Party D and the Debtor under the Main Contract during the period from to _____________ (period of the principal creditor’s rights) (all these contracts and the specific business contracts under these contracts commonly constitute the Main Contract of this Contract, hereinafter referred to as the Main Contract).

 

1.3 Party D’s all unpaid creditor’s rights under __________ of No. ________ (the contract and the specific business contract produced under the contract commonly constitute the Main Contract of this Contract, hereinafter referred to as the Main Contract). The period of the principal creditor’s rights secured with maximum guarantee is from _________ to ___________ .

 

1.4 Others: ___________________________________________

 

Article 2 Maximum amount of creditor’s rights

 

2.1 The maximum amount of creditor’s rights guaranteed by the Guarantor is (in words) fifteen million Yuan only (in figures) Ұ 15,000,000.00) and the currency is RMB . The exchange rate of foreign currencies other than RMB shall be converted according to the rate of foreign exchange issued by Party B when the specific business actually occurs.

 

2.2 The maximum amount of creditor’s rights is the maximum limit of the balance of unpaid creditor’s rights. Provided that the balance of unpaid creditor’s rights is not higher than the said maximum limit, the Guarantor agrees to undertake guarantee liability for all the accounts payable caused within the guarantee scope specified herein.

 

Chapter 2 Guarantee

 

Article 3 Party A is willing to provide guarantee for the debts under the Main Contract according to the following _______ mode:

 

3.1 Joint liability guarantee.

 

3.2 Periodic joint liability guarantee, Party A shall bear periodic joint liability guarantee for the principal creditor’s rights of the Debtor under the Main Contract caused during the following _______ period:

 

3.2.1 From the date of signature of this Contract to the date when the effective housing ownership certificate and housing other rights certificate of the mortgaged real estate under the Main Contract;

 

 

 

  

3.2.2 From the date of signature of this Contract to ________________;

 

3.2.3 Others: _________________________________.

 

Chapter 3 Pledge

 

Article 4 Party B shall provide maximum pledge guarantee for Party D for all the debts under the Main Contract to the extent of the pledged property specified in the following annex ___________. Refer to annex 1 for the pledged property in details.

 

4.1 List of pledged rights;

 

4.2 List of pledged movable properties;

 

4.3 List of pledged fixed deposit account or security deposit account in the card/passbook (hereinafter referred to collectively as the special account);

 

4.4 List of pledged accounts receivable;

 

4.5 Others: ___________________________.

 

According to Party D’s requirements, Party B □ shall □ may not (express with “√”in □ for option and “×”in □ for deletion) handle insurance for the pledged property under this Contract. If Party B may not handle insurance for the pledged property under this Contract, the insurance clauses of this Contract shall be inapplicable.

 

Article 5 Party B shall submit to Party D the pledged property under this Contract (document of title where it is pledged with rights) on the date of signature of this Contract, or Party B shall go through the formalities for pledge registration with the relevant pledge registration organ within fifteen days as of the date of effectiveness of this Contract. If the formalities for pledge registration for the pledged property hereunder are not handled due to causes attributable to Party B, Party D may charge Party B penalty according to the following standard: % of the amount of secured principal creditor’s rights. Should the document of title be endorsed for pledge or transfer according to the provisions of relevant laws, Party B shall endorse the document of title and indicate the pattern “Pledge” prior to delivery of the document of title.

 

Article 6 Where the pledged property is accounts receivable, Party B shall open with Party D a special account for repayment of loan pledged with accounts receivable, account No. __________________, specifically for collecting the accounts receivable that the debtor of the accounts receivable pays Party B. Party B agrees to provide pledge guarantee for Party D with the funds in the special account. Without Party D’s consent, Party B shall have no right to use any money in the special account.

 

Article 7 Both Party B and Party D confirm that the value of the pledged property hereunder is RMB (in words) _______________________ (in figures Ұ _______ ) when this Contract is signed. The (appraisal / agreement) value is provided for reference only and the final value of the pledged property shall accord with the funds (or net incomes) from actual disposal of the pledged property when the right to pledge is realized.

 

Article 8 In the event that the document of title pledged hereunder expires earlier than the maturity date of the debts under the Main Contract (or Party D announces early maturity according to the stipulations of the Main Contract), Party D may cash or take delivery of goods after the maturity of the pledged document of title, and dispose the cashed money or the incomes obtained from sales of the goods according to any one of the following methods:

 

8.1 To prepay all the debts guaranteed by Party B under the Main Contract;

 

8.2 To draw and deposit to a third party;

 

8.3 To deposit in the fixed deposit account or security deposit account (special account, same below) in the card that Party B opened with Party D, account No. (card No.): _________________ , continuously used as pledge guarantee for the creditor’s rights under the Main Contract.

 

Article 9 The co-owner of the pledged property under this Contract agrees to pledge the pledged property hereunder and agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

Pledged property co-owner (1) _________, Identity certificate Name and No.: _______________________

 

 

 

 

 Pledged property co-owner (2) ______________, Identity certificate Name and No.: ________________

 

Chapter 4 Mortgage

 

Article 10 Party C is willing to provide maximum mortgage guarantee for all the debts under the Main Contract with the property listed in the following _______________. Refer to annex 2 for the mortgaged property in details:

 

10.1List of Mortgaged Property (Movable Property);

 

10.2List of Mortgaged Property (Real Estate);

 

10.3List of Mortgaged Property (Transport Means) ;

 

10.4List of Mortgaged Property (________ )

 

According to Party D’s requirements, Party C □ shall □ may not (express with “√”in □ for option and “×”in □ for deletion) handle insurance for the mortgaged property under this Contract. If Party C may not handle insurance for the mortgaged property under this Contract, the insurance clauses of this Contract shall be inapplicable.

 

Article 11 Both Party C and Party D confirm that the value of the mortgaged property hereunder is RMB (in words) Ұ_______________ (in figures _________________ ). The (appraisal / agreement) value is provided for reference only and the final value of the mortgaged property shall accord with the funds (or net incomes) from actual disposal of the mortgaged property when the right to mortgage is realized.

 

Article 12 The co-owner of the mortgaged property under this Contract agrees to mortgage the mortgaged property hereunder and agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

Mortgaged property co-owner (1) ____________ , Identity certificate Name and No.: _________________

 

Mortgaged property co-owner (2) ____________ , Identity certificate Name and No.: _________________

 

Article 13 Party C and Party D shall, within fifteen days as of the date of effectiveness of this Contract, go through the formalities for mortgage registration with the relevant mortgage registration organ. If the formalities for mortgage registration for the mortgaged property hereunder are not handled due to causes attributable to Party C, Party D may charge Party C penalty according to the following standard: __% of the amount of secured principal creditor’s rights.

 

Chapter 5 Liability for breach

 

Article 14 Party A, Party B and Party C shall perform their obligations specified in this Contract. Party A, Party B or Party C’s failure to wholly or partly perform its obligations specified herein shall constitute a default. In case of any default, Party D shall have the right to choose any one or several of the following measures to ask the default party to bear liability for breach:

 

14.1 The default party shall pay a penalty equivalent to % of the amount of creditor’s rights under the Main Contract. Where the penalty is not enough to make up Party D’s losses, the default party shall make compensation for the actual losses.

 

14.2 Party D has the right to ask the default party to undertake guarantee liability.

 

Chapter 6 Dispute resolution

 

15. The parties related to this contract all disputes should talk things over solve. If negotiation fails, the parties agree to select any of the following ways to solve (could choose a solution).

 

√Directly to the supplier in accordance with the local people's court that has jurisdiction over the.

 

×Submitted to the arbitration commission for arbitration. Arbitration for a ruling.

 

16. Compulsory execution notary:

 

×The parties agreed to ____the notary office (hereinafter referred to as the "notary office") to apply for the contract notarization and application gives its enforcement effectiveness.

 

 

 

  

Chapter 7 Miscellaneous

 

17. Others agreed by the Parties hereto:

 

18. The first part of this contract is signed, the second part to the terms page, two parts constitute the integral part of this contract, the parties before signing the first part, should be carefully read the second part of the terms, if you have don't understand you should consult with a supplier immediately. All parties in the relevant rights and obligations on the parties and the limitation of liability or be exempted from the terms of the legal implications have accurate understanding after signed this contract.

 

19. This Contract has been made out in two originals for Party D holding one and for the other parties each holding one , which shall be equally authentic.

 

20. By each party hereto this contract signed on November 1, 2016 in shenzhen.

  

Party A: (Seal)  

 

Legal Representative / Principal Pan Dangyu (Signature) (Signature or Seal)

 

(or Authorized Agent)

 

(Note: signature is required only if Party A is a natural person.)

  

Party B and Co-owner: (Seal)    
   
Legal Representative / Principal (Signature or Seal)
   

(or Authorized Agent)

 

(Note: signature is required only if Party B and the co-owner is a natural person.)

  

Party C and Co-owner: (Seal)   
   
Legal Representative / Principal (Signature or Seal)
   

(or Authorized Agent)

 

(Note: signature is required only if Party C and the co-owner is a natural person.)

   

Party D: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Special Seal for Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract Uses Only)

 

Legal Representative / Principal (Siganture) (Signature or Seal)

 

(or Authorized Agent)

 

Part 2

 

Chapter 1 Representations and warranties

 

Article 1 For the purpose of signing and performing this Contract, the Guarantor hereby gives to the other parties hereto the following representations and warranties:

 

1.1 The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees all the terms and conditions of the Main Contract, and is willing to provide guarantee for the Debtor under the Main Contract;

 

1.2 The Guarantor has sufficient capacity for civil rights and capacity for civil conducts. The Guarantor has obtained enough authorization for concluding and performing this Contract;

 

1.3 The Guarantor ensures good credit status and no major bad credit record;

  

 

 

  

1.4 The Guarantor ensures not to refuse the performance of guarantee obligation for an excuse of any dispute with a third party;

 

1.5 The Guarantor is willing to accept Party D’s investigation and understanding of the credit status and performance capability of the Guarantor. The Guarantor ensures to provide relevant information and data faithfully, including personal career, marital state, conditions of assets, incomes, expenditures, liabilities and external security;

 

1.6 The Guarantor ensures that the explanation and certification concerning its credit conditions, financial and accounting statements or other related data and materials provided by Party D are genuine and legitimate and have no false representation and concealed information. During the valid period of this Contract, the Guarantor shall provide financial statements and materials (including but not limited to balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement) faithfully according to Party D’s requirements and positively coordinate Party D to investigate, understand and supervise the Guarantor’s production, operating and finance conditions;

 

1.7 During the period of conclusion of this Contract and the valid period of this Contract, the Guarantor shall not provide any third party with guarantee in any form without Party D’s consent;

 

1.8 The Guarantor ensures that, when this Contract is signed, the Guarantor has never have nor has any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, or any executive proceeding of juridical or administrative authorities which are presented and may have major adverse effect on the Guarantor’s performance of guarantee liability, or other potential major dispute; meanwhile, the Guarantor has no major debt or contingent liability which has not disclosed to Party D;

 

1.9 If the legal registered name or effective identity certificate number of the Guarantor is changed, the Guarantor shall, within five days as of the date of obtaining of the official document and/or certificate changed, notify Party D in written form and submit the originals and copies of the document/certificate changed to Party D for examination;

 

1.10 Party B and Party C ensure that they are the lawful owner or disposer of the mortgaged / pledged property under this Contract. If the mortgaged / pledged property hereunder is commonly owned, they have obtained the co-owner’s consent;

 

1.11 Party B and Party C ensure that the establishment of mortgage / pledge under this Contract will not be restricted nor cause illegal situation;

 

1.12 Party B and Party C ensure that all the certificates of property right or use right of the mortgaged / pledged property and other effective proof documents that they provide or submit to Party D are genuine, legitimate and valid;

 

1.13 Party B and Party C ensure that the mortgaged / pledged property under this Contract has not been leased before the establishment of guarantee, or has been leased but Party D was notified in written form. If the mortgaged property hereunder is leased after the establishment of guarantee, Party C shall ensure to obtain Party D’s consent in advance and notify the lessee of the establishment of guarantee;

 

1.14 Party B and Party C ensure not to conduct any activity in violation of national laws and regulations by taking advantage of the guaranteed property under this Contract.

 

1.15 Party B and Party C ensure that they have not disposed or established other guarantee for the guaranteed property hereunder prior to the signature of this Contract, or they have established any other guarantee and have notified Party D in written form; there is not other third party’s right to the guaranteed property; without Party D’s written consent, they shall not present, transfer, re-mortgage or dispose the mortgaged property in any other from prior to the cancellation of guarantee pursuant to this Contract.

 

1.16 Where the mortgaged property under this Contract is a real estate, Party B shall ensure to notify Party D of the renewal information immediately after it obtains the information about removal of the mortgaged real estate;

 

1.17 Without Party D’s written consent, Party B shall not ask for unfreezing, reporting for loss, withdrawing in advance or disposing the pledged property in any other form by any excuse;

  

 

 

  

1.18 Where the pledged property under this Contract is a deposit certificate of Party B in other bank, Party B shall ensure to coordinate Party D to complete the formalities for mortgagee of the deposit certificate and other formalities required by Party D prior to delivery of the relevant document of title, and the fixed deposit must be taken with a seal impression or password. Party B shall ensure to provide Party D with the seal impression reserved in the deposit bank. Where the pledged property under this Contract is the right of a deposit certificate or accounts receivable, Party B shall coordinate Party D to complete the formalities for obtaining the deposit bank’s confirmation letter and the accounts receivable debtor’s confirmation letter prior to delivery of the relevant document of title;

 

1.19 In case of omission or error of the contents registered for guarantee or any change of the registered contents, Party B and Party C agree Party D or others entrusted by Party D to continuously handle the formalities for registration of change according to the actual situations and the conditions after change.

 

1.20 if the guarantor is a person in the housing or car sellers, should also:

 

1.20.1 ensure timely handle the house ownership and state-owned land to use card (if any) or parking property right card, and after the above card completed, try our best to help the supplier or its designated agents to handle the registration of mortgage on the property or parking, and will he xiang he xiang of state-owned land (if any) and hold to the supplier.

 

1.20.2 if the principal check-out/car, change rooms/car, sell or other lead to terminate the contract that buy a house/car a contract, promise to cooperate with supplier in advance to recover the principal owed all loan principal and interest and other accounts payable and shall, in accordance with the corresponding warranty for this contract.

 

Party a guarantees housing a total of 1.21 people written consent of the mortgaged property as borrowing provided under this contract, the mortgage security at maximum amount and accept all the terms and conditions of this contract.

 

1.22 guarantor acknowledge and agree to the secured creditor's rights under the main contract, in accordance with the provisions of the main contract may occur in the supplier and the main contract, the debtor and the debtor designated supplier "and the main contract with lines of the third party (including but not limited to the main contract the debtor business entity or other designated third party), between the guarantor does not represent any objection to that, d for the main contract under agreed to give priority to contract the debtor and the quota of choose and employ persons does not guarantee repayment rights in accordance with the provisions of the contract.

 

Article 2 For the purpose of signing and performing this Contract, Party D hereby gives the following representations and warranties:

 

2.1 Party D has obtained sufficient authorization for signing and concluding this Contract;

 

2.2 Party D promises to keep confidential the other parties’ information and business secrets acquired during the performance of this Contract, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations.

 

Chapter 2 Guarantee

 

Article 3 The guarantee scope of any one guarantor shall be the principal of the guaranteed principal creditor’s rights specified in this Contract and other accounts payable. Other accounts payable include interest, default interest, compound interest, penalty, damages, expenses for realization of creditor’s rights and guarantee right (including but not limited to legal cost, attorney fee, business traveling expenses, expenses for settlement of the real estate mortgagor and maintenance cost) and all other reasonable expenses payable. Other accounts payable covered in the said scope shall be listed in the scope of guarantee liability that one guarantor shall undertake but shall not be listed in the maximum limit of balance of the principal secured under this Contract.

 

Article 4 In the event that the Debtor under the Main Contract changes the loan purpose privately, one guarantor shall bear guarantee liability for the main debts under the Main Contract and the default interest and penalty arising from misappropriation of loan, except that Party D and the Debtor under the Main Contract have malicious collaboration.

 

Article 5 As agreed by all the Parties hereto, Party D is entitled to announce determination of the principal creditor’s rights under the maximum guarantee in any event of default, except under the circumstances prescribed by laws.

  

 

 

  

Article 6 Party D is entitled to exercise the guarantee right if (1) the performance period of the debts specified in the Main Contract expires (including early maturity of debts announced by Party D in accordance with the Main Contract) and the Debtor under the Main Contract fails to repay the debts according to the stipulations of the Main Contract; or (2) there is any breach of contract specified in the Main Contract; or (3) there is any circumstance under which the Guarantor shall bear liability for breach according to the stipulations of this Contract.

 

Article 7 Party D is entitled to exercise the guarantee right for the guaranteed property by the following method:

 

7.1 Through consultation with the Guarantor, discount the guaranteed property to offset debts or be compensated firstly from the incomes obtaining from selling at auction or selling off the guaranteed property;

 

7.2 Apply to the people’s court for selling at auction or selling off the guaranteed property, and be compensated firstly from the incomes therefrom;

 

7.3 Where the pledged property is accounts receivable, besides sub-clause 7.1 and sub-clause 7.2, Party D is entitled to take the following methods for exercising the right to pledge the pledged property:

 

7.3.1 Party B is compensated firstly from the funds paid by the debtor of the accounts receivable;

 

7.3.2 Through concluding an agreement with Party B, Party B transfers the accounts receivable under this Contract to Party D for disposal;

 

7.4 Where the pledged property is the deposit in the special account, Party D is entitled to deduct relevant money directly from the special account for repaying debts;

 

7.5 Where the pledged property hereunder is any right, besides sub-clause 7.1 and sub-clause

 

7.2, Party D is entitled to dispose the pledged property unilaterally by the following methods:

 

7.5.1 Transfer the pledged right or allow others to use the pledged right and be compensated firstly from the transfer fee and licensing fee obtained therefrom;

 

7.5.2 Cash the document of title or sell of the goods taken, and be compensated firstly from the funds obtained therefrom.

 

Article 8 At the request of Party D, one guarantor requested must assist Party D in obtaining all necessary approvals or agreements related to realization of the creditor’s rights of Party D, or assist Party D in handling all the necessary procedures.

 

Article 9 The funds obtained by Party D from exercising the guarantee right under this Contract shall be used for repaying the debts of Party D according to the following order: (1) expenses for realization of creditor’s rights and guarantee right; (2) penalty; (3) damages; (4) compound interest; (5) default interest; (6) interest; (7) principal. Party D is entitled to change this order.

 

Article 10 Insurance for the guaranteed property

 

10.1 Should Party B and Party C handle insurance for the guaranteed property according to Party D’s requirements, Party B and Party C shall handle insurance procedures for the guaranteed property taking Party D as the sole beneficiary or insurant in the insurance company which is accepted through consultation. When this Contract is signed, the Guarantor shall submit the original of the insurance policy for the guaranteed property to Party D for keeping.

 

10.2 The insurance contract shall be accepted by Party D. There shall be no clause damaging or restricting Party D’s rights and interests in the insurance contract. The insurance shall be kept effective all the time before the termination of this Contract and shall not be interrupted or cancelled by any excuse. If insurance is interrupted, Party D shall have the right to handle insurance procedures on behalf and all the expenses arising therefrom shall be borne by the related guarantor. The related guarantor shall not conduct any behavior which may result in the insurance company’s refusal of claim settlement.

 

10.3 The related guarantor shall not conduct any behavior which may result in the insurance company’s refusal of claim settlement, or the related guarantor shall bear the legal consequences arising therefrom;

 

10.4 In case of any insurance accident prior to repayment of all the debts by the Debtor under the Contract, the insurance compensation shall be taken as the guaranteed property under this Contract and be deposited in the account designated by Party D.

 

 

 

  

Article 11 If the Debtor under the Contract and Party D have an agreement to amend the Main Contract, increase of the principal of the principal creditor’s rights, extension of the period of the Main Contract and transfer of debts by the Debtor under the Contract shall be consented by the Guarantor, and the other changes may not be consented by the Guarantor. All the guarantors promise to undertake guarantee liability according to the contract amended.

 

Article 12 The guarantee liability undertaken by the Guarantor may not be affected by, nor be exempted or reduced due to, other guarantees under the Main Contract and this Contract. Party D is entitled to claim one guarantor for guarantee right. All the guarantors under this Contract waive the priority of defense right for any other guarantee (including but not limited to right of plea for preference claims and defense on the self things of the debtor).

 

Article 13 As agreed by the Guarantor, Party D has the right to transfer any or all of its principal creditor’s rights under this Contract to a third party. Party D may not obtain the Guarantor’s consent nor notify the Guarantor when Party D transfers its principal creditor’s rights.

 

Article 14 Where the pledged property is accounts receivable, in addition to other terms and conditions of this Contract, Party B shall also observe the following terms and conditions:

 

14.1 When this Contract is signed, Party B shall submit to Party D the original of the basic contract which has been concluded under this Contract and the original of relevant document of title for other accounts receivable (if any). Party B shall ensure to submit to Party D all the basic contracts signed after the conclusion of this Contract within five working days after the signature of such a contract;

 

14.2 If Party B applies to Party D for withdrawing and using the funds in the special account for repayment of pledge loan of the accounts receivable after the debtor of the accounts receivable pays the funds to the special account for repayment of pledge loan of the accounts receivable specified in this Contract, Party B shall submit the proof materials accredited by Party D and supplement relevant accounts receivable to the special account for repayment of pledge loan of the accounts receivable, or Party D shall have the right to refuse Party B’s application;

 

14.3 In the event that the period for the debtor of the accounts receivable to perform the obligation of payment expires earlier than the expiry date of the performance period of the debts under the Main Contract, Party D may use the money paid by the debtor of the accounts receivable to prepay the principal creditor’s rights secured hereunder or deposit the money to the special account for repayment of pledge loan of the accounts receivable opened by Party B with Party D, when the money may be continuously taken as the pledge guarantee for the principal creditor’s rights secured hereunder or be withdrawn or deposited to a third party.

 

Article 15 In addition to other terms and conditions of this Contract, Party A shall also observe the following terms and conditions:

 

15.1 The guarantee period under this Contract shall be from the date of effectiveness of this Contract to two years after the expiry date of the period for performance of debts by the Debtor under the Main Contract specified in the Main Contract. If the business under the Main Contract is bank acceptance or bank guarantee, the date of external payment shall be deemed as the expiry date of the performance period of the debt. If the business is discount of draft, payment refusal date of the draft shall be deemed as the expiry date of the performance period of the debt.

 

15.2 If Party D requests Party A to undertake guarantee liability according to the stipulations of this Contract, Party D is entitled to choose by itself to exercise the right of set-off directly from the Guarantor’s any other account (including but not limited to current deposit or fixed deposit) opened with any breach of China Minsheng Banking Corp. Ltd. or ask the Debtor under the Main Contract to make repayment continuously. In case of interest loss and any other loss caused due to such deduction behavior, Party D shall bear no liability and shall not be deemed as a waiver of the right for asking the debtor to make repayment continuously and bearing expansion of loss for an excuse of no deduction.

 

15.3 After Party D claims to exercise the guarantee right and requests Party A to undertake guarantee liability, if Party A agrees to establish new maximum joint guarantee liability pursuant to this Contract to guarantee all the principal creditor’s rights of Party D under the Main Contract, it is unnecessary to make and enter into a new contract for the newly established maximum guarantee.

 

 

 

  

Article 16 If the Guarantor adds new guaranteed property after the establishment of Party D’s guarantee right under this Contract, all the Parties agree to establish new maximum guarantee for the new guaranteed property pursuant to this Contract to guarantee all the principal creditor’s rights of Party D under the Main Contract, and it is unnecessary to make and enter into a new contract for the newly established maximum guarantee.

 

If there is any remaining of the guaranteed property after Party D exercises the guarantee right, all the Parties agree to establish new maximum guarantee for the remaining guaranteed property pursuant to this Contract to guarantee all the principal creditor’s rights of Party D under the Main Contract, and it is unnecessary to make and enter into a new contract for the newly established maximum guarantee.

 

Chapter 3 Rights and obligations

 

Article 17 Rights and obligations of the Guarantor

 

17.1 The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees all the terms and conditions of the Main Contract, and is willing to sign this Contract ad provide guarantee for the debts under the Main Contract;

 

17.2 All the expenses for relevant guarantees under this Contract, including but not limited to the expenses for attorney service, tax, property insurance, notarization, appraisal, evaluation, registration and transfer of household, shall be determined by the Parties hereto through consultation in accordance with relevant laws and regulations;

 

17.3 If Party D agrees to transfer the guaranteed property under this Contract, the Guarantor shall use the funds obtained from transfer of the guaranteed property to repay Party D all the debts guaranteed under the Main Contract or deposit the funds obtained therefrom to the account opened by Party D as the special pledge, or upon consent by Party D, withdraw and deposit the funds to a third party;

 

17.4 During the valid period of this Contract, Party D shall be notified in writing immediately when there is any event (including but not limited to major change of financial and assets conditions, or involved in litigation, arbitration or administrative punishment, or any other events which may affect one guarantor’s guarantee capability) which endangers one guarantor’s normal business or has adverse effect on one guarantor’s performance of the guarantee obligation under this Contract;

 

17.5 Party D shall be notified one month in advance if one guarantor has the following changes, including merger, division, combination, shareholding reform, contracting, lease, joint operation, applying for suspension of business for rectification, applying for dissolution, applying for reconciliation /reorganization /bankruptcy, or transferring or disposing any significant assets in other forms, and other behaviors which are enough to affect Party D’s rights and interests;

 

17.6 If the Guarantor’s name, legal representative, address or permanent dwelling address, mailing address, work unit or contact information is changed, Party D shall be notified within five days after the change;

 

17.7 During the period of the loan, the Guarantor agrees and authorizes Party D to provide the individual/enterprise credit information and relevant guarantee conditions provided by the Guarantor for the individual enterprise credit information database of the People’s Bank of China and the credit database established upon approval by the competent credit investigation authorities;

 

17.8 The mortgaged property under this Contract shall be occupied, managed and used by Party C. Party C shall keep properly and use reasonably the mortgaged property to ensure the mortgaged property under sound conditions without any damage. Party D is entitled to check the conditions of management and use of the mortgaged property;

 

17.9 If the mortgaged property is or may be infringed by any a third party, Party C shall have the obligation to take measures to avoid infringement. In case of damage to or loss of the mortgaged property, Party C shall notify Party D timely and take measures immediately to prevent expansion of losses. Meanwhile, Party C shall timely submit to Party D the certificates of damage and loss causes issued by the relevant competent authorities;

 

17.10 In the event that the Debtor under the Main Contract fails to repay debts on time (including Party D announces early maturity of the debts in accordance with the stipulations of the Main Contract) as agreed in the Main Contract, Party A shall perform the obligation of repayment on behalf immediately after Party D requests Party A to undertake guarantee liability;

 

 

 

  

17.11 If the pledged property is damaged or the value of the pledged property is decreased, which is enough to endanger Party D’s rights, Party D shall have the right to request Party B to provide relevant guarantee. In the event that Party B fails to provide relevant guarantee, Party D may unilaterally sell at auction or sell of the pledged property and use the funds obtained therefrom to prepay all the debts guaranteed by Party B under the Main Contract or withdraw and deposit to a third party;

 

17.12 Where the guaranteed property under this Contract is the deposit in the special account, Party B shall open a special account with Party D on the date of signature of this Contract and deposit the agreed amount of money in the special account. During the pledge period, deposit interest shall be calculated according to corresponding deposit interest rate of the bank. The fruits produced during the pledge period shall be listed in the pledged property under this Contract.

 

Article 18 Rights and obligations of Party D

 

18.1 Party D shall keep confidential the materials provided by the other Parties hereto, unless otherwise prescribed by laws and regulations;

 

18.2 During the valid period of this Contract, Party D is entitled to ask the Guarantor to coordinate Party D in investigating, understanding and supervising the Guarantor’s production, operating and financial conditions; Party D is entitled to ask the Guarantor to provide financial statements and other relevant materials faithfully;

 

18.3 Party D is entitled to claim the other Parties hereto for liability for breach or ask the other Parties hereto to make compensation to Party D for the actual losses caused to Party D according to the stipulations of this Contract;

 

18.5 If Party C’s behavior is enough to reduce the value of the mortgaged property, Party D shall have the right to ask Party C to stop such behavior immediately. When the value of the mortgaged property is reduced, Party D shall have the right to ask Party C to restore the value of the mortgaged property or ask Party C to provide a guarantee equivalent to the value reduced. Where Party C does not recover the value of the mortgaged property nor provide a guarantee, Party D shall have the right to ask the Debtor under the Main Contract to prepay debts or provide a new guarantee in full amount;

 

18.6 When all the debts within the scope of mortgage guarantee specified in this Contract are fully repaid on schedule, Party D shall assist Party C in handling the formalities for cancellation of mortgage registration. The certificate of property right or use right of the mortgaged property, and relevant effective proof documents, if kept by Party D, shall be returned to Party C;

 

18.7 Where the guaranteed property under this Contract is the deposit in a special account, Party D shall have the right to freeze the deposit in the said special account. The deposit cannot be unfroze until the debts under the Main Contract are fully repaid, except that Party D deducts money from the account for repaying the debts under the Main Contract as specified in this Contract.

 

18.8 party D have the right to entrust a third party claims under this contract to evaluate timing corresponding guarantee property.

 

18.9 if the mortgaged property is property, the property is to be demolished, should be:

 

18.9.1 if units adopt property rights exchange compensation form, party D has right to ask the main contract the debtor immediately pay off under the main contract of creditor's rights, or demand party c to transfer property as the contract after the mortgaged property and to sign a mortgage contract, mortgage registration again, before the new mortgage registration is not complete, the main contract the debtor should be in accordance with the requirements of party D to provide other guarantees.

 

18.9.2 if demolition take compensation compensation form, the supplier has the right to demand a compensation in party D and C like signed the pledge contract, certificates of deposit with compensation as the main contract; Or require the party c d open a margin account and signed the pledge contract, will be credited to the account as the primary compensation contract guarantees.

 

18.10 party D and principal debtor to deal with specific business contract or specific business application specific business contract without the consent of the guarantor agrees that also does not need to inform the guarantor again.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 4 Effectiveness, amendment and cancellation of the Contract

 

Article 19 This Contract shall come into force (1) upon the signature or seal by all the Parties to Party A other than Party D; and (2) as of the date when Party D makes signature and affixes its official seal /special seal for contract uses only. However, if one guarantor fails to sign this Contract, this Contract shall not be binding upon the guarantor which has not sign but shall be binding upon the other Parties which have signed.

 

Article 20 Allowed by law, the validity of this Contract shall be independent of the Main Contract and shall not be affected by the invalidity of the Main Contract.

 

Chapter 5 Dispute settlement

 

Article 21 Any and all disputes in connection with this Contract shall be settled by the Parties hereto through consultation. Where consultation fails, the dispute shall be governed by the local people’s court at the location where Party D's dwelling address is located.

 

Article 22 In the event that Party D adopts litigation proceeding for realizing creditor’s rights due to one party’s breach of contract, the default party shall bear the expenses paid by Party D for realizing creditor’s rights and guarantee right (including but not limited to attorney fee and traveling expenses).

 

Article 23 Enforce the notary clause

 

20.1 Jointly by the parties confirm: the parties have to the relevant laws, regulations and normative documents and enforcing the definition, content, procedure, effectiveness of notarization regulation have a completely clear understanding, the parties to a notary office to apply for this contract voluntarily give enforcement effect of notarization.

 

20.2 of this contract by the notarization department become have the enforcement effect of debt instrument. Party b, party c commitment: if the debtor fails to in accordance with the provisions of the main contract of the main contract pay off the loan principal and interest on schedule (including party a due to default by supplier request early ShouDai), party b and c will give up his right to appeal, voluntarily accept the people's court for enforcement. When the supplier can directly to the first part of article 14 of this contract agreed upon by the people's court that has jurisdiction for enforcement, and without judicial proceedings, party b and party c to d directly apply for enforcement of the right of defense.

 

20.3 party b, party c commitment: in the event of breach of this contract collateral obligation or other default situation, should be in supplier collection notice in writing to guarantee obligations within the time limit, otherwise the supplier can apply to the notary office to issue the certificate, then party b, party c within the time limit shall be notified in notarization to notarization to cooperate to complete the notarization debt through verification process. Party b and party c hereby confirm: if party b, party c delayed in notary office to ensure the guarantee obligations, can be regarded as party b and party c d single direction by default notarization of creditor's rights, the amount of party b, party c for notarization according to d single direction that put forward by the notary office and issue the certificate of the execution of the legal consequences resulting from fully recognized. 20.4 party b and party c confirmed: enforcing debt scope including agreed upon in the main contract of loan principal and interest, compound interest, default interest, penalty due to breach of contract and the supplier to pay for the exercise of rights of legal fare, arbitration fee, security fees, announcement fee, valuation fee, a word, auction fees, travel expenses, fees and other expenses that realize creditor's rights and other economic losses suffered by the result.

 

20.5 all about enforcing the provisions of the notarization takes precedence over the first part of article 14 of this contract shall be applicable to the dispute resolution clause.

 

20.6 party a, party b and party c guarantee: the contact address is contained in this contract, such as the contact information change, the parties will be duly delivered in the form of a written notice to the supplier and to obtain the return receipt. Otherwise, the supplier in accordance with this article first contract the contact method of the delivery related documents, whether or not party a, party b and party c, all within five working days from the date of issue, the supplier shall be deemed to have fulfilled delivery obligations. In this case, party a and party b, party c to d is waived notice by the right of defense.

 

Chapter 6 Supplementary provisions

 

Article 24 Notice and service

 

 

 

  

24.1 According to the stipulations of this Contract, any and all notices or written communications that one party sends to the other party shall be given by registered post, fax, special delivery or other communication means to the party's address given in the first page of this Contract;

 

24.2 If sent by registered post, the 4 th day after the said document or notice is posted shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by fax, the date indicated in the receipt of successful delivery shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by special delivery, the date when the special delivery person delivers the said document or notice to the receiver shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving. In case of any change of the contact information, the party of the change shall notify the other party in writing of the contact information changed within five days after the occurrence of change. Afterwards, the notices, documents or applications specified in this article shall be sent to the contact information changed.

 

Article 25 For the matters not provided herein, the Parties hereto may have additional agreements and conclude a written agreement as an annex to this Contract. Annexes to this Contract are an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same equal legal force as the text of this Contract.

 

Article 26 Contents of this Contract shall be determined upon consensus through consultation amongst the signatory Parties. Where there are special provisions, the provisions are supplemented and amended in Article 15 of this Contract. In case of any discrepancy between these special provisions and relevant clauses of this Contract, the special provisions given in Article 15 of this Contract shall prevail.

 

Article 27 The situations not agreed in this Contract or Party D’s failure to take actions immediately shall not be deemed as a waiver or restriction of Party D’s legal or agreed rights, unless otherwise stated by Party D.

 

Article 28 Headlines given in this Contract are provided for reading convenience only and shall not affect or restrict the contents and interpretation of relevant terms and conditions.

  

 

 

Exhibit 10.7(b)

 

Text Encoding: CMBC-HT041 (GS2007)

 

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

(Applicable where the guarantor is a unit)

 

No.: GGBZ 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011-2

 

SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (Seal)

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal)

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD.

 

 

 

 

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

Guarantor: Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Address: Xinhu Industrial Development Zone, Ma’an Town, Huicheng District, Huizhou City

 

P. C.:

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Pan Dangyu

 

Tel.:

 

Fax:

 

Opening Bank:

 

Account No.:

 

Creditor: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Address:

 

P. C.: 518048

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Wu Xinjun

 

Tel.:

 

Fax:

 

In order to ensure the performance of the Main Contract made and entered into by and between Party B and SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as “Debtor of the Main Contract”), Party A is willing to provide maximum guarantee for all/par of the debts under the Main Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Party A and Party B conclude and sign this Contract through friendly consultation in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations.

 

Chapter 1 Category of the Principal Creditor’s Right Guaranteed and Maximum Amount of Debts

 

Article 1 The Main Contract of this Contract is selected as follows:

 

þ The Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract of 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011 made and entered into by and between Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract, this Contract, and the specific business contracts, applications IOU, and certificates of creditor’s rights or electronic data under this Contract shall constitute the Main Contract of this Contract;

 

x All of __________ continuously made and entered into by and between Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract during the period of the principal creditor’s right specified in Article 3 herein shall constitute the Main Contract of this Contract. The amount of all the outstanding principals used by the Debtor of this Contract at any time shall not exceed the limit specified in Article 2 herein. However, within this limit, the Debtor of the Main Contract may apply for recycling the limit of all the outstanding principals.

 

Article 2 The maximum amount of debts guaranteed by Party A is: (currency) RMB , (amount in words): fifteen million Yuan only .

 

The maximum amount of debts is the maximum limit for balance of principals, defined as follows:

 

The maximum limit for balance of principals is the maximum limit for principals of principal creditor’s rights only. If the principal does not exceed the said limit, Party A is willing to undertake joint guarantee liability for all the accounts payable within the scope specified in Article 6 of this Contract.

 

Chapter 2 Period of the Principal Creditor’s Right Guaranteed

 

 

 

 

Article 3 The period of the principal credit’s right guaranteed under this Contract shall be from Nov 1, 2016 to Nov 1, 2017 . The stipulations of this article have the following meanings:

 

3.1 If the business specified in the Main Contract is a loan business, the date of release of each loan shall not be later than the expiry date of this period.

 

3.2 If the business specified in the Main Contract is a business of acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods), the date of draft of acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods) shall not be later than the expiry date of this period.

 

Chapter 3 Guarantee Method

 

Article 4 Joint liability guarantee is adopted as the method of guarantee by Party A.

 

Article 5 Besides the guarantee method specified in this Contract, if there is any other guarantee under the Main Contract (including the Debtor of the Main Contract provides mortgage/pledge guarantee for Party B to the extent of the Debtor’s own property), Party A’s guarantee liability undertaken for Party B shall not be affected by any other guarantee nor be exempted or reduced arising therefrom. Party B is entitled to select to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract first and Party A waives the prior right of defense of any other guarantee. If Party B’s priority to gain compensation from the said mortgage right/pledge right is lost or reduced due to Party B’s waiver of the mortgage right/pledge right for the property of the Debtor of the Main Contract for any reason or due to Party B’s change of the sequence or contents of the mortgage right/pledge right, as promised by Party A, Party A’s guarantee liability undertaken for Party B shall not be exempted or reduced.

 

Chapter 4 Scope of Guarantee

 

Article 6 Party A’s guarantee scope: the maximum principal of the principal creditor’s rights specified in Article 2 of this Contract and other accounts payable (including but not limited to interest, default interest, compound interest, penalty, damages, expenses for realizing creditor’s rights and guarantee right (including but not limited to legal cost, attorney fee and business traveling expenses), and all other reasonable expenses payable). Other accounts payable specified in the said scope shall be included in the scope of guarantee liability undertaken by Party A but shall not be included in the maximum limit for balance of principals guaranteed under this Contract.

 

Article 7 The funds (including the funds Party B obtains from exercising the right specified in sub-clause 12.2 of this Contract) that Party A pays Party B for the purpose for performing Party A’s responsibility under this Contract shall be paid according to the following order: (1) Party B’s expenses for realizing creditor’s rights and guarantee right; (2) damages; (3) penalty; (4) compound interest; (5) default interest; (6) interest; (7) principal. Party B is entitled to change the said order.

 

Chapter 5 Determination of the Creditor’s Right Guaranteed

 

Article 8 The creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract shall be determined under any one of the following circumstances:

 

8.1 the period of the principal creditor’s right specified in Article 3 of this Contract expires;

 

8.2 the Main Creditor announces acceleration of all debts under the Main Contract by law or according to relevant stipulations of the Main Contract;

 

8.3 other circumstances for determining the creditor’s right guaranteed prescribed by law.

 

Article 9 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, the following shall become effective:

 

9.1 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, the outstanding creditor’s right under the Main Contract shall be included in the scope of the creditor’s right guaranteed no matter whether the performance period of the creditor’s right has expired or not or there is any other additional condition.

 

9.2 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, all funds other than principals specified in Article 6 of this Contract shall be included in the scope of the creditor’s right guaranteed no matter whether the funds have been occurred or not;

 

 

 

 

9.3 From the date when the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined to the date of full repayment of the creditor’s right guaranteed, if the Debtor of the Main Contract fails to perform the obligation of repayment of debts, Party B shall have the right to directly claim Party A for compensation and Party A shall repay Party B relevant debts immediately.

 

Chapter 6 Guarantee Period

 

Article 10 The guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A shall be two years and the date of start shall be determined according to the following method:

 

10.1 If the expiry date of the performance period of a debt under the Main Contract is early than or equals to the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed, the guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A for the debt shall start from the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed;

 

10.2 If the expiry date of the performance period of a debt under the Main Contract is later than the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed, the guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A for the debt shall start from the expiry date of the performance period of this debt;

 

10.3 The term “expiry date of the performance period of a debt” indicated in the preceding paragraph includes the expiry date of the debt when the Debtor of the Main Contract repays the debt by installments and also includes the expiry date of acceleration announced by the Creditor according to the stipulations of the Main Contract;

 

10.4 If the business under the Main Contract is a business of letter of credit, bank acceptance bill, letter of guarantee or letter of guarantee for the release of goods, the date of external payment shall be deemed as the expiry date of the performance period of the debt.

 

Chapter 7 Both Parties’ Rights and Obligations

 

Article 11 Rights and obligations of Party A

 

11.1 Party A is a legal person duly established and validly existing, has the capacity for civil rights and the capacity for civil conducts for signing and executing this Contract, and has obtained all necessary licenses, approvals, registration and files required for signature of this Contract;

 

11.2 All the internal authorization formalities required for Party A for signing this Contract have been completely handled and become fully effective. Party A’s signature of this Contract and performance of its obligations under this Contract shall not conflict with the current articles of association and the internal rules and regulations, or any other contract, agreement and document binding upon Party A.

 

11.3 Party A shall ensure the authenticity, legitimacy and effectiveness of the documents that Party A provides Party B for demonstrating Party A’s legal identity and its ability for performing the guarantee liability under this Contract;

 

11.4 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, if the Debtor of the Main Contract fails to perform the debt prior to the expiry date of the performance period of the debt, Party A shall have the obligation to make payment to Party b immediately on the date of receiving of Party B’s written notice;

 

11.5 When giving guarantee under this Guarantee Contract, Party A is not involved in any litigation or arbitration which may be sufficient to affect its ability for undertaking the guarantee liability under this Contract;

 

11.6 Party A shall not bear the guarantee liability under the Guarantee Contract when the Debtor of the Main Contract has repaid all the debts under the Main Contract on schedule;

 

11.7 During the guarantee period, Party B may transfer to a third party the creditor’s right under the Main Contract without obtaining Party A’s consent, and Party A shall continue to undertake guarantee liability;

 

11.8 If the Debtor of the Main Contract and Party B changes the Main Contract through signing an agreement, Party A’s consent may not be obtained if such change does not increase the Debtor’s debts. However, if such change extends the term or increases the amount of principle of the principal creditor’s right guaranteed by Party A or allows transfer of debts by the Debtor of the Main Contract, Party A’s consent shall be obtained. Party A commits to undertake guarantee liability according to the Main Contract after change;

 

 

 

 

11.9 During the valid period of this Contract, Party B shall be notified thirty days in advance where there is any change of Party A’s operation mechanism, registered capital, equity, or Party A sells, transfers or disposes by any other means its material assets. Party B shall be notified within seven days if Party A's address, name or legal representative is changed;

 

11.10 If Party A provides guarantee for any other third party during the valid period of this Contract, Party B’s rights and interests shall not be damaged.

 

11.11 Loans under the Main Contract may be used for borrowing for repaying. Party A is willing to undertake guarantee liability.

 

11.12 If the Debtor of the Main Contract changes the purpose of the funds at random, Party A shall undertake guarantee liability for the debts under the Main Contract and the default interest and penalty arising from misappropriation of funds.

 

Article 12 Rights and obligations of Party B

 

12.1 Party B is entitled to demand Party A at any time to provide the financial reports, financial statements or other data reflecting Party A’s operation conditions and credit status;

 

12.2 If Party B demands Party a to undertake guarantee liability according to the stipulations of this Contract, Party A authorizes Party B to deduct relevant funds directly from the account opened with the bank institutions of China Minsheng Banking designated by Party A. With respect to the part insufficient for deduction, Party B is entitled to make deduction from any other account opened by Party A with the bank institutions of China Minsheng Banking or demand Party A to make repayment. Party B shall not bear any responsibility for losses on interest and any other losses caused to Party A arising from Party B’s behavior of deduction;

 

12.3 Party A may not be notified when Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract sign a specific business contract (or agreement) on a specific credit granting business under the Main Contract.

 

Chapter 8 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

Article 13 When this Contract becomes effective, Party A and Party B shall perform the obligations specified in this Contract. Any party which fails to wholly or partly perform its obligations specified herein shall undertake relevant liabilities for breach of contract and make compensation for losses caused to the other party.

 

Chapter 9 Contract Effectiveness, Change and Termination

 

Article 14 This Contract shall become effective when both Parties’ legal representatives/main principals or authorized agents sign or seal and both Parties affix their official seals/special contract seals.

 

Article 15 When the Contract comes into force, Party A and Party B shall not change or cancel the Contract in advance at random. Should the Contract be changed or cancelled, a written agreement shall be reached and concluded upon unanimity through consultation.

 

Chapter 10 Dispute Settlement

 

Article 16 Any and all disputes between Party A and Party B arising from and in connection with the execution of this Contract shall be settled through consultation between both Parties. Where consultation fails, the dispute shall be governed by the people’s court at the location where Party B is located.

 

Chapter 11 Supplementary Provisions

 

Article 17 Notice and service

 

 

 

 

17.1 Any and all notices or written communications that one party sends to the other party under this Contract, including (but not limited to) any and all written documents or notices which must be sent under this Contract, shall be sent by registered post, fax, special delivery or other means to the address of the other party given on the first page of this Contract;

 

17.2 If sent by registered post, the forth day after the said document or notice is posted shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by fax, the date indicated in the receipt of being sent successfully shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by special delivery, the date when the special person sends the said document or notice to the address of the addressee shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving. In case of change of any contact information, the related party shall notify the other party in writing of the contact information changed within seven days after such change. Then, the notices, documents or applications specified herein shall be sent according to the contact information after the change.

 

Article 18 The validity of this Contract shall be independent of this Contract and may not be affected by the invalidity of the Main Contract.

 

Article 19 Other provisions agreed by both Parties

 

Article 20 This Contract has been made out in two originals, for Party A, Party B and the related party each holding one, which shall be equally authentic.

 

Article 21 When this Contract is signed, Party B has explained and interpreted in details all the terms and conditions of this Contract to Party A, and both Parties have no objection to the terms and conditions of this Contract. Both Parties have accurate understanding of the legal meaning of their corresponding rights and obligations, limitation of responsibilities or disclaimers.

 

Article 22 Both Parties agree and authorize Party B irrevocably to report relevant information to the financial credit information database established by the State. Such information shall include the name, registered address and other related information of this institution, the transaction records, credit information and bad information (including failure to perform obligations of this Contract, the institution’s performance of obligations and enforcement ruled or judged by the people’s court, and other relevant bad information prescribed by laws and regulations) generated during business activities and performance activities of this institution under this Contract.

 

This Contract is signed by Party A and Party B in Shenzhen.

 

Party A: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal:  (Signature)

 

Date:

 

Party B: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: (Signature)
   
(Or Authorized Agent) (Signature or Seal)

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7(c)

 

Text Encoding: CMBC-HT041 (GS2007)

 

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

(Applicable where the guarantor is a unit)

 

No.: GGBZ 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011-1

 

Shupeng Technology (Shenzhen) Co.,wd Ltd. (Seal)

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal)

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD.

 

 

 

 

Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

Guarantor: Springpower Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

P. C.:

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Pan Dangyu

 

Tel.:

 

Fax:

 

Opening Bank:

 

Account No.:

 

Creditor: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Address:

 

P. C.: 518048

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Wu Xinjun

 

Tel.:

 

Fax:

 

In order to ensure the performance of the Main Contract made and entered into by and between Party B and SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as “Debtor of the Main Contract”), Party A is willing to provide maximum guarantee for all/par of the debts under the Main Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Party A and Party B conclude and sign this Contract through friendly consultation in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations.

 

Chapter 1 Category of the Principal Creditor’s Right Guaranteed and Maximum Amount of Debts

 

Article 1 The Main Contract of this Contract is selected as follows:

 

þ The Comprehensive Credit Granting Contract of 2016 SHJZBZEZ No. 011 made and entered into by and between Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract, this Contract, and the specific business contracts, applications IOU, and certificates of creditor’s rights or electronic data under this Contract shall constitute the Main Contract of this Contract;

 

x All of ________ continuously made and entered into by and between Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract during the period of the principal creditor’s right specified in Article 3 herein shall constitute the Main Contract of this Contract. The amount of all the outstanding principals used by the Debtor of this Contract at any time shall not exceed the limit specified in Article 2 herein. However, within this limit, the Debtor of the Main Contract may apply for recycling the limit of all the outstanding principals.

 

Article 2 The maximum amount of debts guaranteed by Party A is: (currency) RMB , (amount in words): fifteen million Yuan only .

 

The maximum amount of debts is the maximum limit for balance of principals, defined as follows:

 

The maximum limit for balance of principals is the maximum limit for principals of principal creditor’s rights only. If the principal does not exceed the said limit, Party A is willing to undertake joint guarantee liability for all the accounts payable within the scope specified in Article 6 of this Contract.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 2 Period of the Principal Creditor’s Right Guaranteed

 

Article 3 The period of the principal credit’s right guaranteed under this Contract shall be from Nov 1, 2016 to Nov 1, 2017 . The stipulations of this article have the following meanings:

 

3.1 If the business specified in the Main Contract is a loan business, the date of release of each loan shall not be later than the expiry date of this period.

 

3.2 If the business specified in the Main Contract is a business of acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods), the date of draft of acceptance of bill/discount/ opening of L/C/ opening of letter of guarantee (or letter of guarantee for the release of goods) shall not be later than the expiry date of this period.

 

Chapter 3 Guarantee Method

 

Article 4 Joint liability guarantee is adopted as the method of guarantee by Party A.

 

Article 5 Besides the guarantee method specified in this Contract, if there is any other guarantee under the Main Contract (including the Debtor of the Main Contract provides mortgage/pledge guarantee for Party B to the extent of the Debtor’s own property), Party A’s guarantee liability undertaken for Party B shall not be affected by any other guarantee nor be exempted or reduced arising therefrom. Party B is entitled to select to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract first and Party A waives the prior right of defense of any other guarantee. If Party B’s priority to gain compensation from the said mortgage right/pledge right is lost or reduced due to Party B’s waiver of the mortgage right/pledge right for the property of the Debtor of the Main Contract for any reason or due to Party B’s change of the sequence or contents of the mortgage right/pledge right, as promised by Party A, Party A’s guarantee liability undertaken for Party B shall not be exempted or reduced.

 

Chapter 4 Scope of Guarantee

 

Article 6 Party A’s guarantee scope: the maximum principal of the principal creditor’s rights specified in Article 2 of this Contract and other accounts payable (including but not limited to interest, default interest, compound interest, penalty, damages, expenses for realizing creditor’s rights and guarantee right (including but not limited to legal cost, attorney fee and business traveling expenses), and all other reasonable expenses payable). Other accounts payable specified in the said scope shall be included in the scope of guarantee liability undertaken by Party A but shall not be included in the maximum limit for balance of principals guaranteed under this Contract.

 

Article 7 The funds (including the funds Party B obtains from exercising the right specified in sub-clause 12.2 of this Contract) that Party A pays Party B for the purpose for performing Party A’s responsibility under this Contract shall be paid according to the following order: (1) Party B’s expenses for realizing creditor’s rights and guarantee right; (2) damages; (3) penalty; (4) compound interest; (5) default interest; (6) interest; (7) principal. Party B is entitled to change the said order.

 

Chapter 5 Determination of the Creditor’s Right Guaranteed

 

Article 8 The creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract shall be determined under any one of the following circumstances:

 

8.1 the period of the principal creditor’s right specified in Article 3 of this Contract expires;

 

8.2 the Main Creditor announces acceleration of all debts under the Main Contract by law or according to relevant stipulations of the Main Contract;

 

8.3 other circumstances for determining the creditor’s right guaranteed prescribed by law.

 

Article 9 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, the following shall become effective:

 

9.1 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, the outstanding creditor’s right under the Main Contract shall be included in the scope of the creditor’s right guaranteed no matter whether the performance period of the creditor’s right has expired or not or there is any other additional condition.

 

 

 

 

9.2 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, all funds other than principals specified in Article 6 of this Contract shall be included in the scope of the creditor’s right guaranteed no matter whether the funds have been occurred or not;

 

9.3 From the date when the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined to the date of full repayment of the creditor’s right guaranteed, if the Debtor of the Main Contract fails to perform the obligation of repayment of debts, Party B shall have the right to directly claim Party A for compensation and Party A shall repay Party B relevant debts immediately.

 

Chapter 6 Guarantee Period

 

Article 10 The guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A shall be two years and the date of start shall be determined according to the following method:

 

10.1 If the expiry date of the performance period of a debt under the Main Contract is early than or equals to the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed, the guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A for the debt shall start from the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed;

 

10.2 If the expiry date of the performance period of a debt under the Main Contract is later than the date of determination of the creditor’s right guaranteed, the guarantee period of the guarantee liability undertaken by Party A for the debt shall start from the expiry date of the performance period of this debt;

 

10.3 The term “expiry date of the performance period of a debt” indicated in the preceding paragraph includes the expiry date of the debt when the Debtor of the Main Contract repays the debt by installments and also includes the expiry date of acceleration announced by the Creditor according to the stipulations of the Main Contract;

 

10.4 If the business under the Main Contract is a business of letter of credit, bank acceptance bill, letter of guarantee or letter of guarantee for the release of goods, the date of external payment shall be deemed as the expiry date of the performance period of the debt.

 

Chapter 7 Both Parties’ Rights and Obligations

 

Article 11 Rights and obligations of Party A

 

11.1 Party A is a legal person duly established and validly existing, has the capacity for civil rights and the capacity for civil conducts for signing and executing this Contract, and has obtained all necessary licenses, approvals, registration and files required for signature of this Contract;

 

11.2 All the internal authorization formalities required for Party A for signing this Contract have been completely handled and become fully effective. Party A’s signature of this Contract and performance of its obligations under this Contract shall not conflict with the current articles of association and the internal rules and regulations, or any other contract, agreement and document binding upon Party A.

 

11.3 Party A shall ensure the authenticity, legitimacy and effectiveness of the documents that Party A provides Party B for demonstrating Party A’s legal identity and its ability for performing the guarantee liability under this Contract;

 

11.4 When the creditor’s right guaranteed under this Contract is determined, if the Debtor of the Main Contract fails to perform the debt prior to the expiry date of the performance period of the debt, Party A shall have the obligation to make payment to Party b immediately on the date of receiving of Party B’s written notice;

 

11.5 When giving guarantee under this Guarantee Contract, Party A is not involved in any litigation or arbitration which may be sufficient to affect its ability for undertaking the guarantee liability under this Contract;

 

11.6 Party A shall not bear the guarantee liability under the Guarantee Contract when the Debtor of the Main Contract has repaid all the debts under the Main Contract on schedule;

 

11.7 During the guarantee period, Party B may transfer to a third party the creditor’s right under the Main Contract without obtaining Party A’s consent, and Party A shall continue to undertake guarantee liability;

 

 

 

 

11.8 If the Debtor of the Main Contract and Party B changes the Main Contract through signing an agreement, Party A’s consent may not be obtained if such change does not increase the Debtor’s debts. However, if such change extends the term or increases the amount of principle of the principal creditor’s right guaranteed by Party A or allows transfer of debts by the Debtor of the Main Contract, Party A’s consent shall be obtained. Party A commits to undertake guarantee liability according to the Main Contract after change;

 

11.9 During the valid period of this Contract, Party B shall be notified thirty days in advance where there is any change of Party A’s operation mechanism, registered capital, equity, or Party A sells, transfers or disposes by any other means its material assets. Party B shall be notified within seven days if Party A's address, name or legal representative is changed;

 

11.10 If Party A provides guarantee for any other third party during the valid period of this Contract, Party B’s rights and interests shall not be damaged.

 

11.11 Loans under the Main Contract may be used for borrowing for repaying. Party A is willing to undertake guarantee liability.

 

11.12 If the Debtor of the Main Contract changes the purpose of the funds at random, Party A shall undertake guarantee liability for the debts under the Main Contract and the default interest and penalty arising from misappropriation of funds.

 

Article 12 Rights and obligations of Party B

 

12.1 Party B is entitled to demand Party A at any time to provide the financial reports, financial statements or other data reflecting Party A’s operation conditions and credit status;

 

12.2 If Party B demands Party a to undertake guarantee liability according to the stipulations of this Contract, Party A authorizes Party B to deduct relevant funds directly from the account opened with the bank institutions of China Minsheng Banking designated by Party A. With respect to the part insufficient for deduction, Party B is entitled to make deduction from any other account opened by Party A with the bank institutions of China Minsheng Banking or demand Party A to make repayment. Party B shall not bear any responsibility for losses on interest and any other losses caused to Party A arising from Party B’s behavior of deduction;

 

12.3 Party A may not be notified when Party B and the Debtor of the Main Contract sign a specific business contract (or agreement) on a specific credit granting business under the Main Contract.

 

Chapter 8 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

Article 13 When this Contract becomes effective, Party A and Party B shall perform the obligations specified in this Contract. Any party which fails to wholly or partly perform its obligations specified herein shall undertake relevant liabilities for breach of contract and make compensation for losses caused to the other party.

 

Chapter 9 Contract Effectiveness, Change and Termination

 

Article 14 This Contract shall become effective when both Parties’ legal representatives/main principals or authorized agents sign or seal and both Parties affix their official seals/special contract seals.

 

Article 15 When the Contract comes into force, Party A and Party B shall not change or cancel the Contract in advance at random. Should the Contract be changed or cancelled, a written agreement shall be reached and concluded upon unanimity through consultation.

 

Chapter 10 Dispute Settlement

 

Article 16 Any and all disputes between Party A and Party B arising from and in connection with the execution of this Contract shall be settled through consultation between both Parties. Where consultation fails, the dispute shall be governed by the people’s court at the location where Party B is located.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 11 Supplementary Provisions

 

Article 17 Notice and service

 

17.1 Any and all notices or written communications that one party sends to the other party under this Contract, including (but not limited to) any and all written documents or notices which must be sent under this Contract, shall be sent by registered post, fax, special delivery or other means to the address of the other party given on the first page of this Contract;

 

17.2 If sent by registered post, the forth day after the said document or notice is posted shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by fax, the date indicated in the receipt of being sent successfully shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving; if sent by special delivery, the date when the special person sends the said document or notice to the address of the addressee shall be deemed as the date of service and receiving. In case of change of any contact information, the related party shall notify the other party in writing of the contact information changed within seven days after such change. Then, the notices, documents or applications specified herein shall be sent according to the contact information after the change.

 

Article 18 The validity of this Contract shall be independent of this Contract and may not be affected by the invalidity of the Main Contract.

 

Article 19 Other provisions agreed by both Parties

 

Article 20 This Contract has been made out in two originals, for Party A, Party B and the related party each holding one, which shall be equally authentic.

 

Article 21 When this Contract is signed, Party B has explained and interpreted in details all the terms and conditions of this Contract to Party A, and both Parties have no objection to the terms and conditions of this Contract. Both Parties have accurate understanding of the legal meaning of their corresponding rights and obligations, limitation of responsibilities or disclaimers.

 

Article 22 Both Parties agree and authorize Party B irrevocably to report relevant information to the financial credit information database established by the State. Such information shall include the name, registered address and other related information of this institution, the transaction records, credit information and bad information (including failure to perform obligations of this Contract, the institution’s performance of obligations and enforcement ruled or judged by the people’s court, and other relevant bad information prescribed by laws and regulations) generated during business activities and performance activities of this institution under this Contract.

 

This Contract is signed by Party A and Party B in Shenzhen.

 

Party A: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co.,wd Ltd. (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Pan Dangyu (Seal)

 

Date:

 

Party B: CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. SHENZHEN BRANCH (Seal) (Seal)

 

Legal Representative / Main Principal: Ou Yangyong (Signature)

 

(Or Authorized Agent)                             (Signature or Seal)

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Number: 0400000928-2016nian(Henggang) No. 00118

 

Working Capital Loan Contract 

 

Important note: The contract is signed between borrower and lender according to laws and on equal and willing basis, and all the terms of this contract are true meaning of both sides. In order to protect the borrower’s legitimate rights and interests, the lender hereby inform the borrower to pay full attention to all the terms concerning the rights and obligations of both parties , especially the bold parts of the contract.

 

The lender : Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd. Shenzhen Henggang Branch

Person in charge: Yang Duoping 

Residence (address): East City Center Garden Street shops132, 132A, 133,Henggang Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen    

Zip Code: 518000

 

Borrower : SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. 

Legal representative: Pan Dangyu   Contact: Li Jing

Residence (address): A2 building, luoshan industry, shanxia, pinghu town, longgang district, shenzhen 

Zip Code: 518000 

Tel:  Fax:   E-mail: /

 

After equal negotiation, both sides agreed to enter into this particular contract.

 

The first part   Basic Provisions

 

Article 1 the use of the loan

 

The loan Can be used for the below purpose and shouldn’t be used for any other purposes without written consent of the lender, the lender has the right to monitor the use of funds.

Use of loan: The loan can be used as current funds for production and operations.

 

Article 2 the loan amount and duration

 

2.1 The amount under this contract is RMB20,000,000.00 (RMB TWENTY MILLION ONLY)

 

2.2 The term under this contract is 12 months from the date of actual withdrawal (if separate withdrawal, from the date of the first withdrawal), the actual withdrawal date is the date on IOU.

 

Article 3 rate, interest and cost

 

3.1 to determine the RMB loan interest rates

 

RMB loan interest rates shall be determined according to the following  (3)

 

(1) Fixed interest rate. Annual interest rate shall be /% and will not change during the duration.

 

 

 

 

(2) Floating interest rates. Interest rate shall be determined by base rate plus floating rate. Base rate is the corresponding base lending rate announced by the People's Bank of China on  the effective date of the contract  with underlying term the same as in section 2.2. The floating rate is  % of the base rate, and shall not change within the loan period. After withdrawal, the interest rates shall be adjusted every  6  months. The date to determine the second period’s interest rate is the corresponding date when the first period ends.  If the corresponding date does not exist, then choose the last day of that month. Interest rate of each withdrawals shall be adjusted according to .

A, the interest rate for each withdrawal during any six month period shall be determined according to the rate set at the beginning of the underlying period regardless of the number of withdrawals and shall be adjusted at the next six month period.

B, Borrowing rates of each withdrawal are determined and adjusted individually.

 

(3) Floating interest rates. Interest rate shall be determined by base rate plus floating rate. Base rate is up 5% of national interbank lending rates, and the rate cannot change during the period.

 

3.2 to determine the foreign exchange loan interest rates

 

Borrowing rates in foreign currency follow the / ways to determine:

 

(1) Fixed interest rate. Annual interest rate shall be / and shall not change during the duration.

 

(2) Floating interest rates, borrowing rates to / months / (LIBOR / HIBOR) as the base rate plus / basis points (one basis point to 0.01%) consisting of a floating interest rate spreads. Contract period plus point spreads remain unchanged. The use of sub-pen drawing and each withdrawal rates were calculated. Borrower after the withdrawal, following the / ways to adjust the benchmark interest rate, interest-bearing segment:

A, the benchmark interest rate changes in accordance with the corresponding period. The second phase of the benchmark interest rate adjustment date for a full withdrawal on the corresponding day after, if you adjust the month and the withdrawal does not exist on the corresponding date, places corresponding to the last day of the month, day, and so on other phases.

B, the benchmark interest rate changes in the first day of each Interest Period.

 

(3) Other: /

 

3.3 Interest for the borrower under the contract is calculated on a daily basis from the date of withdrawal and is paid on a monthly basis (month / quarter / half year) interest settlement. When the loan matures, interest should be settles along with the principal. One day interest rate = interest rate / 360.

 

3.4 Late penalty rate under the contract is 130% of the original loan interest rate, penalty interest rate for misappropriation of the loan is 150% of the original loan interest rate.

 

Article 4 withdrawal ( This section does not apply to loan cycles )

 

4.1Funds should be withdrawn based on the actual needs, the borrower can make single or multiple withdrawals to the loan amount limit before 9 th Sep, 2017.

 

4.2If the borrower does not withdraw according to the contract, the lender has the right to cancel all or part of the remaining unused balance. 

 

Article 5 repayment

 

5.1 Borrower repay the loan under this contract in one single lump sum.

 

5.2 If the Borrower prepay the principal in advance, the borrower should compensate the lender. The compensation should be calculated as: the amount of principle that is prepaid x the remaining time under the contract (number of months) x 0.1%; the number of months calculated for remaining time should be rounded to the greater integral number.

 

 

 

 

Article 6 cycle loan special agreement  not applicable.

 

Article 7 guarantees

 

7.1 Loans under the contract are guaranteed, by Hong Kong Highpower Technology co., ltd., springpower technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and the legal person, Dangyu Pan 's personal joint responsibility for promissory guarantee.

 

7.2 Under the contract, the corresponding maximum guarantee contracts are the following:

Maximum amount of guarantee contract name: "the maximum guaranteed contract" (ID: ICBC 0400000928-2015henggangbaozi 0009)

Guarantor: Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Maximum amount of guarantee contract name: "the maximum guaranteed contract" (ID: ICBC 0400000928-2015henggangbaozi 0010)

Guarantor: springpower technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

Maximum amount of guarantee contract name: "the maximum guaranteed contract" (ID: ICBC 0400000928-2015henggangbaozi 0011)

Guarantor: Dangyu Pan

 

Article 8 financial agreement  not applicable

/

/

 

Article 9 dispute resolution

 

The dispute submitted to the international court of arbitration in shenzhen (south China international economic and trade arbitration commission), in accordance with the submitted to the arbitration application with its effective arbitration rules, in south China international economic and trade arbitration commission for arbitration on financial center (arbitration place). The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon both parties.

 

  Article 10 other

 

10.1 Contract is in triplicate, the borrower has one copy, the lender has two copies, which have the same legal effect.

 

10.2 The following attachments along with other attachments mutually recognized form an integral part of this contract, and have the same legal effect as the contract:

 

Annex 1: Notice of Withdrawal

 

Annex 2: commission payment protocol

 

Article 11 other matters agreed by the partie

/

   

 

 

 

The second part   Specific Provisions

 

Article 1   rate and interest

 

1.1 In foreign currency borrowings, LIBOR is the benchmark interest rate on the withdrawal date or two banking days before the adjustment date of base interest rate (11:00 noon London time) Reuters (REUTRES) Financial Telecommunication terminal "LIBOR" page displays the borrower under this contract currency interbank offered rate; HIBOR as the benchmark interest rate adjustment date or withdrawal two banking days before (11:15 noon Hong Kong time) Reuters (REUTRES) Financial Telecommunication terminal "HIBOR" page shows the same industry in HK Offered Rate.

 

1.2 For loans with floating interest rates under the contract, , the rules to adjust the underlying interest rate will not be changed.

 

1.3 For loans with interest rates settled monthly, interest settlement date is 20th of each month; For loans with interest rates settled quarterly, the interest settlement date is the 20 th of the last month of each quarter; For loans with interest rates settled semi-annually, interest settlement dates are June 20 and December 20 of each year.

 

1.4 The first interest period is from the actual withdrawal date to the date of the first interest settlement date; the last interest period is from the following day after the previous interest period to the final repayment date; other interest period is from the following day after the previous interest period to the next interest settlement date.

 

1.5 Loan interest = loan principal * daily rate * days actually used. If the repayment of principal and interest waiting for the forehead, should also principal and interest computation formula is as follows: the principal and interest of each total = (each interest rate * loan principal * (1 + the interest rate) for each repayment periods)/((1 + the interest rate) for each repayment periods - 1)

 

1.6 In the case the People's Bank of China adjust the policies to mandate loan interest rate, the lender will follow such policies, and will not notify the borrower.

 

1.7 Upon signing the contract, if the loan interest rate is discounted from the base interest rate determined by People’s Bank of China, the Lender has the right to reevaluate the discount given to the Borrower based on the national policies, credit quality of the borrower, and the changes of the guarantors, etc. The Lender has the discretion to decide on the cancellation of part or all discount, and will notify the borrower in the due course.

 

Article 2   loan withdrawal and release

 

2.1 Upon withdrawal, the borrower must meet the following prerequisites, otherwise lenders are not obliged to release any funds to the borrower, except the lender agrees to advance loans:

 

(1) Except loans on credit, the Borrower has provided appropriate guarantee according to the Lender’s requirements, and related guarantee procedures are completed;

 

(2) No breaches occurred under this contract or other contracts signed by the Borrower and the Lender.;

 

(3) Evidence of use of funds provided by the borrower conforms to the agreed use of funds;

 

(4) Provide any other materials needed by the lender.

 

2.2 The written documents provided by the Borrower to the Lender upon withdrawal shall be original; Under conditions that original written documents can not be provided, after the consent of the Lender, a copy of the duplicate with the official seal stamped from the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

2.3 Borrowers must submit withdrawal notice to the Lender at least five banking days in advance before any withdrawal. Once withdrawal notice is submitted, without the written consent of the lender, it may not be revoked.

 

2.4 If the Borrower meets the prerequisites for withdrawal or agreed by the Lender to advance the loan, the lender transfers loan amount to the designated borrowers’ account, the lender is deemed to have issued the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the contract.

 

2.5 In accordance with relevant regulatory requirements and management requirements of lenders, loans more than certain amount or that meet other conditions should be paid by entrusted payment of the Lender, the Lender should pay loans to the designated object with the borrower's withdrawal application and payment commission.

 

Therefore, the Borrower should sign entrusted payment agreement with the Lender as the attachment of the contract, and should open or designate a specific account at the Lender’s bank to settle the payments.

 

Article 3   repayment

 

3.1 The Borrower shall timely repay the contract principal, interest and other payables in full. On the payment date and one banking day before each settlement day, current payable interest, principal and other payables should be fully deposited into the repayment account opened at the Lender’s bank , which shall be collected by the Lender on the repayment date or interest settlement date, or the Lender has the right to require the Borrower handle transfer procedure . If the repayment amount in the account is insufficient to cover all due amounts of the Borrower, the lender has the right to decide the liquidation order.

 

3.2 The Borrower should submit written application 10 banking days in advance for advanced repayment of all or part of the loans to the lender with the consent of the Lender to pay compensation to the Lender in accordance with the standard agreed in the contract.

 

3.3 The Borrower shall repay due principal, interest and other payables in advance with the consent of the Lender according to the contract on the advanced repayment date .

 

3.4 The lender has the right to call loans in advance according to the returning situation of borrower’s funds.

 

3.5 If the actual loan period is shorten because of the advanced repayment by the Borrower or advanced loan call by the Lender according to the contract, the corresponding interest rate level will not be adjusted.

 

Article 4 cycle loan (not applicable)

 

Article 5   guarantee

 

5.1 In addition to loans on credit, the borrower should provide legitimate and effective guarantee that is accepted by the Lender to fulfill the obligations under the contract . Guarantee contracts are signed separately.

 

5.2 Borrower shall promptly notify the lender, and further provides other guarantees accepted by the Lender under the conditions that damages, depreciation, property disputes, being seized or detained, or discreet disposal of collateral by the Borrower, or the guarantor’s financial condition changes adversely,

 

 

 

 

5.3 If accounts receivables are pledged as collaterals under the contract during the period the contract is still effective, the lender has the right to declare early maturity of loans, and require the borrower to immediately repay some or all of loan principal and interest, or request additional legitimate and effective collaterals against the loans, if one of the following conditions occur,

 

(1) The pledgor of the accounts receivable bad debt increases on the payer of which the accounts receivable are pledged, for two consecutive months;

 

(2) The accounts receivable that is uncollectable accounts for over 5% of the pledgor’s total accounts receivable.

 

(3) The accounts receivable is due and uncollectable when trade disputes (including but not limited to quality, technology, service-related disputes) or debt disputes between the pledgor and payer

 

Article 6 account management

 

6.1 Borrower shall designate a special account at the Lender’s bank for cash inflows for collecting sales revenues or planned capital repayment. Corresponding to the sales in the form of non-cash settlement, the borrower should ensure timely receipt of funds into the designated account.

 

6.2 Lender has the right to monitor the designated account, including but not limited to the capital income and expenditure, the borrower should cooperate. If required by the Lender, the Borrower should enter into a special account control agreement.

 

Article 7   representations and warranties

 

Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the lender, and such representations and warranties remains in effect under the term of the contract:

 

7.1 Borrower shall have the qualification, and ability to perform the contract signed with the Lender.

 

7.2 The Borrower has received all the necessary authorization or approval to sign and perform this contract, which is not in violation of the Articles of Association and relevant laws and regulations, and shall bear other obligations under the contract not in conflict with other contracts.

 

7.3 The borrower has been scheduled to meet other debt payments, bank loan principal and interest owed no malicious behavior.

 

7.4 The borrower has a sound organizational and financial management system, in the last year of production and management process has not a major act of violation of discipline, the current senior management has no significant adverse record.

 

7.5 The borrower provides to the lender of all documents and information are true, accurate, complete and effective, there is no false record, misleading statement or significant omission.

 

7.6 The borrower provides to the lender's financial and accounting reports are prepared under Chinese accounting standards, true, fair and complete reflection of the borrower's operations and liabilities, and the borrower's financial situation has not any material adverse change since the most recent financial reporting period. 7.7 The borrower has not concealed to the lender any litigation, arbitration or claim involved.

 

7.7 Not hidden from the lender the involved in litigation, arbitration or claims.

 

Article 8 borrower commitment

 

8.1 The Borrower withdraws and uses funds under terms and conditions in the contract. The borrowed money is not used for fixed assets and equity and other investments, not in any way into the stock market, futures market or uses prohibited by relevant laws and regulations.

 

 

 

 

8.2 Repay the loan principal and interest and other payables in accordance with the contract.

 

8.3 Accept and actively cooperate with the lender for account analysis, inspection, on-site reviews, etc., including use of the loan, including the use of funds and supervision of the inspection. In accordance with the lender’s requirements, the borrower periodically provides summary reports for the use of funds.

 

8.4 Accept the lender's credit check required by the lender, and provide the lender with balance sheet, income statement and other financial and accounting information reflecting the borrower's solvency, to actively assist and cooperate with the lender to investigate and review its financial situation and production operations.

 

8.5 Before paying off the loan principal and interest under the contract and other payables, the Borrower is not allowed to repay and dividends.

 

8.6 For the merger, divesture, reduction, changes in ownership, transfer of substantial assets and debt, significant foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing and other activities that may adversely affect the rights of the Lender’s interest, prior written consent is required by the lender.

 

8.7 One of the following circumstances occurs, notify the lender:

 

(1) The change on articles of incorporation, business scope, registered capital, the legal representative;

(2) Out of business, dissolution, liquidation, business for rectification, revocation of business license is revoked or application (by application) bankruptcy;

(3) Or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or the property was legally seized, detained or regulation;

(4) Shareholders, directors and senior management is currently involved in serious cases or economic disputes.

 

8.8 Timely, completely and accurately disclose related party relationships and related party transactions.

 

8.9 Sign and verify notices mailed, or in the form, from lender ..

 

8.10 Not dispose of assets in order to reduce the solvency; provide guarantees to third parties without damaging the interest of the lender.

 

8.11 If the loans under the contract are on credit basis, the Borrower should provide complete, true, accurate information to reflect providing guarantees that may affect its obligations under this contract, and acquire written consent from the lender.

 

8.12 Take responsibility for the expenses from the Lender in purpose of fulfillment of contracts, including but not limited to litigation or arbitration fees, property preservation fees, legal fees, execution fees, assessments fees, auction fees, notice fees.

 

8.13 Debt settlement under the contract is in priority to its shareholders, and at least has equal status with the borrower's other similar debt from other creditors and borrowers.

 

8.14 Reinforce the social and environmental risk management, and agree to accept inspections by the Lender. If requested by the Lender, the Borrower agrees to provide the corresponding report.

 

Article 9 lender commitment

 

9.1 Release loans to the Borrower in accordance with the contract.

 

9.2 Maintains the confidentiality of non-public information, except required by laws and regulations otherwise.

 

 

 

 

Article 10 breach of contract

 

10.1 Any of the following events constitutes an event of breach:

 

(1)The borrower fails to repay principal, interest, and other payables in accordance with the provisions specified in this contract, or fails to fulfill any other obligations in this contract, or contrary to the statements, guarantee and commitments in this contract;

(2)The guarantees in this contract have adversely changed to the Lender’s loan, and the Borrower is not available to provide other guarantees approved by the lender;

(3) Fail to pay off any other debts due by the Borrower, or fails to fulfill or breach other obligations in this contract, or likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract;

(4) The financial performance of the profitability, debt payment ability, operating capacity and cash flow of the Borrower exceed the agreed standards, or deterioration has been or may affect the obligations in this contract;

(5) The Borrower's ownership structure, operation, external investment has changed adversely, which have affected or may affect the fulfillment of the obligations in this contract;

(6) Borrower involves or may involve significant economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or asset seizure, detention or enforcement, or judicial or administrative authorities for investigation or take disciplinary measures in accordance with the laws, or illegal with relevant state regulations or policies in accordance with the laws, or exposure by media, which have affected or may affect the fulfillment of the obligations in this contract;

(7) The borrower’s principal individual investors, key management officer’s change, disappearances or restriction of personal liberty, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract;

(8) The borrower using false contracts with related parties, using no actual transaction to extract the lender’s funds or credit, or evasion of lender’s loan right through related party transactions;

(9) Borrowers have been or may be out of business, dissolution, liquidation, business reorganizations, business license has been revoked or bankruptcy;

(10) Borrowers breaches food safety, production safety, environmental protection and other environmental and social risk management related laws and regulations, regulatory requirements or industry standards, resulting in accidents, major environmental and social risk events, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract;

(11) In this contract, the borrowing is paid by credit, the borrower's credit rating, level of profitability, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow of operating and other indicators do not meet the credit conditions of the lender; or without the lender’s written contract, pledges guarantee or provides assurance guarantees to other party, likely to affect the performance of the obligations in this contract;

(12) Other adverse situations may affect in the realization of loan right in this contract.

 

10.2 If the borrower breaches of contract, the lender has the right to take one or more of the following measures:

 

(1) Require the borrower to remedy the default within a certain time limit

(2) Terminate other financing funds in other contract issued to the borrower by the lender, cancel part or all of undrawn borrowings and other financing amount of borrower;

(3) Announce the outstanding loan and other financing amount between the lender and the borrower in this contract, and take back the outstanding amounts;

(4) Requires the borrower to compensate the loss of the lender caused by the breach of contract;

(5) Measures according to provisions of lows and regulations, provisions of this contract and other necessary measures.

 

 

 

 

10.3 If the borrower fails to repay the due loan (including loan declared expire immediately), the lender has the right to charge penalty interest according to penalty interest rate agreed by this contract from the due date. The interest fails to repay on time, charge compound interest according to overdue penalty interest rate.

 

10.4 Borrower fails to use the loan for agreed usage, the lender has the right charge penalty interest on embezzlement according to embezzlement penalty interest rate agreed by this contract. The interest fails to repay on time during the embezzlement period, charge compound interest according to embezzlement penalty interest rate.

 

10.5 The borrower simultaneously happens the situations in section 10.3, 10.4, choosing the heavier interest rate to charge, cannot impose in double.

 

10.6 If the borrower does not repay the principal, interest (including interest and compound interest) or other payables on time, the lender has the right to announcements through the media for collection.

 

10.7 If the control or controlled relationship between related parties of the borrower and the borrower changes, or the related parties of the borrower happens the other situations except the situations of (1) and (2) in above provision 10.1, likely to affect the performance of the obligations of the borrower in this contract, the lender has the right to take the measures agreed in the contract.

 

Article 11 deduction

 

11.1 Borrower does not repay the due debt in this contract according to this contract(including the debt declared due immediately), the lender has the right to deduct corresponding amount from all the functional and foreign accounts opened at the branches of ICBC, until all the debt of the borrower in this contract are paid off.

 

11.2 If the currency of deduct payments is inconsistent with the currency in this contract, the exchange rate on the deduction day is the applicable exchange rate. The interest and other fees during the deduction fees and debt pay off day, and the difference because of fluctuations the exchange rate during this period is assumed by the borrower.

 

11.3 If deducted amount for the lender is insufficient to pay off all debts, the lender has the right to determine the payment order.

 

Article 12 transfer of rights and obligations

 

12.1 Lender has the right to transfer all or part of the right in this contract to a third party, the transferring actions do not need to acquire the consent of the borrower. If without the consent of the lender in writing, the borrower cannot transfer any right and obligations in this contract to a third party.

 

12.2 The Lender or China Industrial and Commercial Bank Limited ("ICBC") can Authorize or commit the other branches to perform the rights and obligations in this contract according to operation need, or transfer the loan right in this contract to the other branches of ICBC, the borrower must agree, and the above actions of the lender do not need to ask for permission of borrower. The other branches which undertake the lender’s rights and obligations have the right to perform all rights in this contract, and have right to apply for litigation, arbitration, compulsory execution for the disputes in this contract in the branch’s name.

 

 

 

 

Article 13 Effect, Change and Terminate of This Contract

 

13.1 This contract is effective since the signature date, and is terminated on the day the borrower performs all the obligations in this contract.

 

13.2 Any change of this contract shall be agreed by all parties involved and be made in writing. The changes of provisions and agreements are part of the contract, has equal legal right with the contract. Except the changed part, the rest part of this contract is still valid, before the changes is in effect, the original terms of this contract is still valid.

 

13.3 The change or termination of this contract will not affect the right of all parties involved to require compensation. The termination of this contract, will not affect the effectiveness of the dispute settlement provisions.

 

Article 14 law and dispute resolution

 

The contract formation, validity, interpretation, performance and dispute settlement are applicable PRC laws. All caused by the contract or in connection with the contract-related disputes and disputes, both parties should be resolved through consultation, the consultation fails according to the contract settlement.

  

Article 15 confirmation of address for Litigation/arbitration

  

15.1 The Lender and the Borrower confirm the mailing address and method indicated in the first page of this Contract as the Borrower’s effective address and method for service of Litigation/arbitration (including but not limited to summons, notice of trial, written judgment, order, mediation agreement and notice for performance within a time limit, etc.).

 

15.2 the borrower agree to arbitration or court use this contract page written arbitration/litigation document to fax, E-mail, except written judgments or orders and conciliation statements.

 

15.3 the service agreement shall apply to the procedures of arbitration and litigation in the first instance, second instance and retrial and implementation stages. To the above address of service agency or court of arbitration for delivery can be directly by mail.

 

15.4 The Borrower ensures that the address for service given above is accurate and effective. In case of change of the address for service given above, the Borrower ensures to notify the Lender in written form in time, or the service given according to the address given above shall remain effective and the Borrower shall bear all legal consequences arising therefrom.

 

Article 16 complete contract

 

The first part of this contract, "borrowing conditions" and the second part of the "liquidity loan contract terms," together form a complete loan contract, the same two words have the same meaning. The loan borrower is constrained by the above two parts.

 

 

 

 

Article 17 notice

 

17.1 All notices under the contract should be given in writing. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties designated residence stated in this contract for communication and contact address. Address of any party or other contact is changed, shall be in writing promptly notify the other party.

 

17.2 One party can notify the other party in the form of announcement or notary service if the recipient party refuses to receive other circumstances that cause inability to deliver.

 

Article 18 Special provisions for value-added tax

 

18.1 The costs/interest and expenses (to be determined pursuant to the specific contract) that the Borrower pay the Lender under this Contract shall be a tax-included price.

 

18.2 If the Borrower requests the Lender to issue a value-added tax invoice, the Borrower shall register information with the Lender. The information registered shall include full name of the Borrower, identification number or social credit code of the taxpayer, address, telephone number, opening bank and account number. The Borrower shall ensure that the relevant information provided for the Lender is accurate, correct and complete. The Borrower shall, according to the Lender’s requirements, provide relevant supporting materials. The specific requirements shall be announced by the Lender through website notice or website announcement.

 

18.3 If the Borrower collects a value-added tax invoice itself, the Borrower shall provide the Lender with a power of attorney sealed, designate a person for collecting and define the identification card number of the person. The person designated shall take the original of his identification card for collecting the value-added tax invoice. In case of change of the person designated for collecting, the Borrower shall issue to the Lender a new power of attorney sealed. In the event that the Borrower selects to collect the value-added tax invoice by post, the Borrower shall also provide the correct mailing information for service. In case of change of the mailing information, the Borrower shall notify the Lender timely in written form.

 

18.4 If the Lender is unable to issue a value-added tax invoice timely due to force majeure, such as natural disaster, government act and social exceptional events, or due to causes attributable to tax authorities, the Lender shall have the right to postpone issue of a value-added tax invoice, without bearing any liability.

 

18.5 If the Borrower is unable to receive a relevant copy of the value-added tax invoice due to causes not attributable to the Lender, such as loss, damage or delay of the invoice after the Borrower collects or the Lender submits to a third party to post the invoice, or if the Borrower is unable to make deduction due to delay of the value-added tax invoice, the Lender shall not bear liability of compensation for the Borrower’s relevant economic losses.

 

18.6 Should a special red-letter invoice of value-added tax be issued resulting from sales return, suspension of taxable service or wrong information of invoice, or authentication failure of deduction copy and invoice copy, where the Lender should submit an Information Table for Issuing a Special Red-Letter Invoice of Value-Added Tax to a tax authority in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and policy documents, the Borrower shall submit an Information Table for Issuing a Special Red-Letter Invoice of Value-Added Tax to the tax authority, and the Lender shall issue a special red-letter invoice of value-added tax after the tax authority makes review and notifies the Lender.

 

18.7 In case of adjustment of the national tax rate during the execution period of this Contract, the Lender shall have the right to adjust the price agreed herein according to the change of the national tax rate.

 

 

 

 

Article 19 Miscellaneous

 

19.1 No failure to exercise or partially exercise or delay in exercising any right hereunder by the Lender shall be deemed as a waiver or change of this right or any other right or affect the Lender to further exercise this right or other rights.

 

19.2 The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of the Contract shall neither affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof nor affect the validity of the entire Contract.

 

19.3 According to the provisions of relevant laws and regulations or the requirements of the financial regulatory institutions, the Lender shall have the right to provide the information related to this Contract and the Borrower’s other relevant information for the credit consulting system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established by law, for the eligible institutions or individuals for consultation and use. For the purpose of conclusion and performance of this Contract, the Lender shall also have the right to inquire the Borrower’s relevant information through the credit consulting system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established by law.

 

19.4 The terms of “the affiliated parties”, “the relationship between affiliated parties”, “the affiliated party transaction”, “the main individual investor” and “the key managerial personnel” stated in the Contract shall have the same meanings as those defined in the Accounting Standards for Enterprises No. 36 - Disclosure of Affiliated Parties (Finance and Accounting (2006) No. 3) issued by the Ministry of Finance and future amendment thereto.

 

19.5 The term “environmental and social risk” means the danger and relevant risk which are likely to cause by the Borrower and its affiliated party during construction, production and operation activities, including the environmental and social problems related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement of inhabitants, ecological protection and climate change.

 

19.6 The documents and vouchers for the loan hereunder made and kept by the Lender according to its business rules shall constitute effective evidences of proving the claim and debt relationship between the Borrower and the Lender and shall be binding upon the Borrower.

 

19.7 In this Contract, (1) this Contract referred to herein shall include any amendment or supplementation to this Contract; (2) the headings to the articles hereof are for ease of reference only, and in no event shall the substance of any paragraph be interpreted and the contents and scope be restricted by such headings; (3) if the date of withdrawal or repayment is not a banking day, it shall be extended to the next banking day.

 

Both parties confirm: the Borrower and the Lender have made full consultation on all terms and conditions of this Contract. The Lender has reminded the Borrower to pay special attention to the provisions for the rights and obligations of both parties and have overall and correct understanding of these provisions. At the Borrower’s request, the Lender has interpreted and explained relevant provisions. The Borrower has carefully read and fully understood of all terms and conditions of this Contract (including Part 1 Basic Provisions and Part 2 Specific Provisions). Both the Borrower and the Lender have completely consistent understanding of all terms and conditions of this Contract and have no objection to the contents of this Contract.

 

Lender (Seal): Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Shenzhen Henggang Sub-branch (Seal)

Person in Charge/Authorized Agent: Yang Duoping (Seal)

 

Borrower (Seal): Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (SEAL)

Legal Representative/Authorized Agent: Pan Dangyu (Seal)

 

Date of Signature:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Labor Contract

 

Party A (Employer)

Name of Company: Hong Kong Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Hong Kong Address: 12 th chamber, 15 th building, Dali Square Shimen Shatian, Hong Kong.

Legal Representative: Dang Yu Pan

Tel: ***

Party B (Employee):

Name of Employee: Sunny Pan

Sex: Male

Birth Date:

ID Card / Passport No.: ***

Address:

Tel: ***

 

Considering that

 

Party B is willing to be employed by Party A and contribute wisdom to Party A’s enterprise. Party A is willing to recruit Party B and delicate to increasing investors’ ROI and employees’ welfare at the same time.

 

Party A has informed Party B of job content, work condition, work place, occupational hazard, safety production situation, labor remuneration, labor discipline and other situation which Party B demands to know.

 

Party B has been aware of its job content, work condition, work place, occupational hazard, safety production situation, labor remuneration, labor discipline and other situation.

 

Party B has ensure Party A that Party B is not bound by any laws and regulations, contracts or other duties (including but not limited by competitive restriction) which has not been terminated or restrains Party B from signing this contract.

 

Party A had ensured Party A that the materials related to employment provided by Party B is real and legal.

 

The Parties, intending to be bound hereby, agree to enter into this Employment Contract on the basis of equality, free will and mutual consultation pursuant to the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), the Employment Contract Law of the PRC and other laws, regulations and rules.

 

Article 1 Term of the Labor Contract

 

1. Both Party A and Party B agree that the term of the Labor Contract shall be determined as set forth in Item 1 below:

 

(1)Fixed Term: Adopt “3+5” mode which means the first three years was fixed to start from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. At December, 2017, both parties decide whether to renew the contract and the renewal period is five years for the moment as agreed.

(2) Open-ended: From date/month/year

(3) Project-based: From to the expiration of the term. The symbol of finishing the job is.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 Job Description and Workplace Location

 

1. Party B shall engage in the job of Financial Director.

Party A may adjust reasonably Party B’s job positions and job content based on personnel system, operational business needs and Party B’s performance.

 

2. Party A may change Party B’s workplace location according to operation and business needs and Party B is willing to obey the agreement, change Party B’s workplace location and complete work task initiatively.

Party B’s workplace location may be arranged at as below:

 

(1) Shenzhen( Shenzhen Highpower, Springpower, Icon)

(2) Huizhou (Industrial Park)

(3) Ganzhou (Industrial Park)

(4) Other office

 

Article 3 Working Hours, Rest and Leave Entitlements

 

1. The working hours of Party B shall be determined as set forth in Item 1 below.

 

(1)The normal working hours system

In addition to fixed overtime, Party B shall apply for overtime by letter which shall be approved by the leader and handed to Human Resources Department for final approval. The confirmed overtime is allowed to take working days off in the same month.

(2)A cumulative working hours system

a. It means that working hours shall be calculated comprehensively by year, in the meanwhile Party A shall ensure that Party B’s working time per day and per week shall basically accord to the legal standard working hours.

(3) The non-fixed working hours system

a. Party B’s working hours shall be determined by job demand and Party A’s arrangement.

b. Party A shall adopt reasonable working hours methods like co-located work, co-located rest, holidays by turns, days off and flexible working hour to ensure Party B’s Rest and Leave Entitlements and the completion of production and work task.

c. Vacation

 

Party B shall take the vacation according to Party A’s regulation.

 

Article 4 Work Remuneration

 

1. Party A shall formulate salary distribution system by law and inform Party B that the wages paid by Party A to Party B shall not be less than the minimum wage standard stipulated by the people’s government. Party B’s annual salary before the deduction of tax would be 670,000 yuan. Fixed compensation takes 65% and shall be paid each month for 12 months total by Party A. Annual assessment takes 35% and is related to the accomplishment of performance contract.

 

2. Party A will pay wages to Party B on the 28 th day of each month. Party A shall pay Party B wages once each the following month in monetary form and pay annual performance wage at the first half of the following year.

 

Article 5 Social insurance and social benefits

 

1. If Party B has occupational diseases or work-related injuries, Party A shall execute the regulations according to Law of Occupational Disease Prevention and Treatment and The Regulation on Work Injury Insurance.

 

 

 

 

Article 6 Labor Protection, Working Conditions and Protections Against Occupational Hazards

 

1. According to the related stipulation of labor protection from the state, province and city, Party A provides standard working condition and necessary labor protection facilities, insuring Party B’s safety and health during work.

 

2. According to the related stipulation from the state, province and city, Party A shall provide special protection for female workers and underage workers.

3. Party B is entitled to refuse Party A’s illegal command and command on risky work. Party B is entitled to demand Party A to correct the behaviors on safety and health hazards.

 

Article 7 Regulations

 

1. Party A shall inform Party B of rules and regulations formulated by Party A according to law.

 

2. Party B shall abide by rules and regulations formulated by Party A according to law and the related stipulation of labor protection from the state, province and city, finish the work tasks, improve vocational skills, and observe the safety operating rules and professional ethics.

 

3. If Party B violates against labor discipline and rules and regulations, Party A is entitled to hold accountable for Party B and terminate the contract according to the labor contract. If hence Party A suffer loss, Party A has right to pursue Party B's liability for damages.

 

4. Party B shall obey the related stipulation of Birth Control from the state, province and city.

 

Article 8 The Change of the Labor Contract

 

1. The Parties may modify relevant terms of the Labor Contract through mutual consultation and agreement. Labor Contract modification shall be in written form and be held by each party.

 

2. Of any of the following circumstances, the Contract can be modified through mutual consultation.

a. The objective conditions based on which the contract is signed has greatly changed so as to this contract cannot be fulfilled.

b. Party A reasonably adjusts Party B’s position based on personnel system, business needs and Party B’s performance.

c. Party B cannot take up or occupy the original job.

 

Article 9 Cancellation and Termination the Labor Contract

 

1. The Parties may terminate the Employment Contract where they have agreed to do so through mutual consultation and agreement.

 

2. Party B may terminate the Labor Contract with 30 days’ prior written notice to Party A. Party B may terminate the Employment Contract during the probationary period with 3 days’ written notice to Party A.

 

3. Party B may terminate his employment contract under any of the following circumstances involving Party A:

 

a. Where Party A has failed to provide labor protection or working conditions as stipulated in the Labor Contract.

b. Where Part A has failed to pay remuneration on time or in full.

c. Where Party A’s policies violate laws or regulations, thereby infringing upon Party B’s rights and interests.

d. Where Party A has concluded or modified the Employment Contract against the true intentions of Party B through the use of fraud, coercion or exploitation of the unfavorable position of Party B, as a result of which this Contract is deemed null and void.

 

 

 

 

e. Other circumstances for termination by Party B as specified under laws and regulations.

 

4. Party B may terminate the Employment Contract with immediate effect and without advance notice to Party A If Party A uses violence, intimidation, or an unlawful restraint of individual freedom to compel Party B to work, or if Party A instructs Party B to violate the law or engage in hazardous work that endangers his personal safety.

 

5. Of any of the following circumstances, Party A may immediately terminate the labor contract.

 

a. Been proven not to meet the conditions of employment during the trial period (with 3 days’ advance notice).

b. The employee seriously violates the rules and procedures set up by the employer.

c. Party B causes any severe damage to Party A because Party B seriously neglects his/her duties or seeks private benefits;

d. Party B simultaneously enters an employment relationship with other employers and thus seriously affects his completion of the tasks of the employer, or Party B refuses to make the ratification after Party A points out the problem.

e. Where Party B has concluded or modified the Employment Contract against the true intentions of Party A through the use of fraud, coercion or exploitation of the unfavorable position of Party A, as a result of which this Agreement is deemed null and void;

f. Party B deliberately leaks Party A's commercial secrets.

g. Party B provides false identification, resume, education background, professional qualification, medical record and so on.

h. Churning in private. Churning in private means that ① the company’s order by the company’s client is transferred to other company; ② Party A does not receive the orders because Party A does not have the battery type or model, or consider price factor and chooses to OEM. Without Party A’s permission, Party B transfer the orders to other company in secret.

i. Party B shall be investigated for criminal responsibility according to law

 

6. Under any of the following circumstances, Party B may dissolve the labor contract:

 

a. Party B is sick or is injured for a non-work-related reason and cannot resume his original position after the expiration of the prescribed time period for medical treatment, nor can he assume any other position arranged by Party A;

b. Party B is incompetent to his position or is still so after training or changing his position.

c. The objective situation, on which the conclusion of the labor contract is based, has changed considerably, the Labor Contract is unable to be performed and no agreement on changing the contents of the labor contract is reached after negotiations between Party A and Party B.

 

7. Under any of the following circumstances, if it is necessary to lay off 20 or more employees, or if it is necessary to lay off less than 20 employees but the layoff accounts for 10% of the total number of the employees, Party A shall, 30 days in advance, make an explanation to the labor union or to all its employees. After it has solicited the opinions from the labor union or of the employees, it may lay off the number of employees upon reporting the employee reduction plan to the labor administrative department:

 

a. It is under revitalization according to the Enterprise Bankruptcy Law;

b. It encounters serious difficulties in production and business operation;

c. The enterprise changes products, makes important technological renovation, or adjusts the methods of its business operation, and it is still necessary to lay off the number of employees after changing the labor contract;

 

 

 

 

d. The objective economic situation, on which the labor contract is based, has changed considerably and the employer is unable to perform the labor contract.

 

8. A labor contract may be terminated under any of the following circumstances:

 

a. the term of a labor contract has expired;

b. Party B has begun to enjoy the basic benefits of his pension;

c. Party B is deceased, or is declared dead or missing by the people’s court;

d. Party A is declared bankrupt;

e. Party A’s business license is revoked or the employer is ordered to close down its business or to dissolve its business entity, or Party A makes a decision to liquidate its business ahead of the schedule;

f. Other circumstances proscribed by other laws or administrative regulations.

 

Article 10 Legal responsibilities for violating the Labor Contract

 

1. Regarding any party who violates the Labor Contract and raise the revocation and causes economic losses to the other party, they shall bear the legal responsibility according to how serious the result and responsibility is; if two side both have made a mistake, according to the real situation, two sides shall bear legal responsibility separately.

 

2. With C funding the training, if Party B terminate the Labor Contract in advance, Party B shall compensate Party A for the following losses:

a. Training fee: training compensation fee= (the Contract total months – served months) / the Contract total months * actual cost for training

b. the served months count from the day on which the Contract is signed.

 

Article 11 The remove of labor contract and termination process

 

When Party A and Party B cancel and terminate the Contract, Party B shall transfer the work in accordance with the agreement of the two sides. Party A shall issue a written confirmation to Party B in accordance with the law and do the file and social security transfer within 15 days.

 

Article 12 Dispute Settlement

 

Labor disputes occurring in a joint venture shall first of all be solved through consultation by the two parties. If consultation fails, they can ask the worker representative congress’s permanent branches for help to solve the dispute, or apply to the labor dispute mediation committee of their unit for mediation; or apply arbitration committee for labor disputes for judgment directly. If two parties have an objection to the arbitral decision, they shall obey the decision. If the arbitration ruling is not accepted, then litigation may be commenced in the People's Court.

 

Article 13 Party A and Party B have reached an agreement through friendly consultation to conclude the following contract.

 

1. Performance contract

 

2. Confidentiality agreement and competition agreement

 

Article 14 Other

 

1. The following terms are in dispensable supplementary instructions which have the same legal force as the Contract.

 

 

 

 

a. Employee manual, confidentiality agreement and competition agreement, performance contract. Entry communication protocols of Sunny.

b. Employee orientation guidance and a letter to the new employees.

 

2. The unsettled affairs in the Contract or the terms which is against the existing rules and regulations shall be executed according to the existing rules and regulations.

 

3. The contract shall go into force after the signature of both parties. Alteration or signature without written authorization is invalid.

 

4. The unsettled affairs in the Contract shall be executed according to Party A’s rules and regulations.

 

5. This Contract is in duplicate, each of the parties has one copy.

 

Party A Party B
Signature Signature
Date Date

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of Highpower International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) on Form S-8 (File No.333-157443) of our report dated March 28, 2017, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

 

Guangzhou, China

March 28, 2017

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K,

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Dang Yu Pan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Highpower International, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)            Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)            Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)            Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)            Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)            All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)            Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2017
 
/s/ Dang Yu Pan  
By: Dang Yu Pan
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K,

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Sunny Pan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Highpower International, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2017
 
/s/ Sunny Pan  
Sunny Pan
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Highpower International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Dang Yu Pan  
Dang Yu Pan  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  
March 28, 2017  
   
/s/ Sunny Pan  
Sunny Pan  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  
March 28, 2017